Gun Drill for 18lb QF Gun Marks I to II

(Crown c opyrig~% t re s e rv e d .
[Issue4 wWi Army On~crafor September, 1920.
GUN DRILL
yon
18-POUNDER Q.F. GUN, MARKS
Ito IL
CARRIAGES, MARKS I~’to IL
(With Supplement for Mark I Carriage.)
Issued by the General Staff.
8EPTEMBEU, 1920.
LO$DO!~
ZUULXSII~Dar ins ii~ui~sTresTAtxor~flTonxcic,
b. puich.~.dtho’~l~,.n~fleokleflu ot dlreefli l~etn
iLM. STAT1O~4tpYO~5ICE.~th, f,LtowIt,~.ddre.I~4t
tNI’lIti&VIIov,* KINO,WAY. L~,NboM, W.O. 2 md V I , ABt1~Ubu$S T mE I V T Loyflolt, lw, j
11,1 *T~SS T ~E I T ,MANcflLMT ~it 1,
4
T . Ar~DRS W$CIImCImT (~aaDtV P
2L FoWtl.4 STSSUT l~DtSIiUI(~*tt
Sr from l PONIONI3!, LTD., U~OBAPT OS I T BI I S DUI LI L
1921.
Prfee Oct. net.
MILITARY BOOKS
~ub1~s~bb~
LONT)ON:
PTJBLISHm’ flY 1188 MAJ~STY’SSTATIONgEY OFFICE,
ro be ~urchawd through any llookseller or directly from
11.51. StAT1ONEII’l ol~Y1cEat the following addr,e,ee
SIPTIITAL ItOtrso, i( n5wA~’I.ONflON,Wa. 2, and 28,Au~NoThonSTitnor, LonDon, SW.
87, I’F,TF,K STRIWT, 5!A.8CI18RTM5~I . S T . A8I MthWa Cito~ecnwc,Cktthlrr’,
22, 500251 8TOFIcT, EIIINIJVOOTI;
or from E. 1~ONSONI3Y,LTD.. 110, GliAFToN S111~15I,DuBLIN.
The priOes in brackets are those at which the books are
obtainable, post free by Offioer~, Non-Commissioned
O~cers and Men, in ~he manner prescribed by Appen-
dixXX~I I I .of The King’s Regulations and Orders for the
Army, 1912. Applications should be made on Army
Form L1372, and addressed to the Secretary, War Oftice,
S.W, 1.)
Abyssinta. Expedition to. 2 ~o1s. and maps. 1870. halt Morocco,
£5 is. Cloth, £4 45.
Accounts. Army. Set FINAIICIAL lN~TRusCTIores.
Africa. Continent of. Geology of. Note, on. 1906 . Os. (2s. 4d.)
Allotments of Pay. See Si OARA’rlon Au.owAncn.
Allowances. Army. Regulations. 1914. (flepriided 1918.) lid. (lid.)
Do. Amen,.lmeuit,, Apr11 1021. Id.. (Id.)
See also l~jai.nALLOWANCO and Sia’AuuAnoxc ALLOW.tNCN.
Amhario Language. Short Manual of the. With Vocabulary.
1909. is. (3:. Gd.)
Ammunition for QJ’. 4’5-inch ~owitzer~ Notea on the. 4th editIon,
11120. Wit/i Dia9rame.) is. (lad.)
Animal anagement, 1008, (Reprtnteut 1918.) Os. ~ Gd.)
Animal Management, &o. 1910, Catechismof. Id. (Id.)
See also houses.
Arabic Grammar. Two parts, (Sold to (~gic e rsonly. ) 1887, 105. (tOo. Gd.)
Armourers. Instruction, for
Care, repair. browning &o,, of Small Arms, Machine Gun,, “Parapet”
Carriage,, and for t~iecare ~f lUcyclea. 1912. (lieprinteul, with Amend~
ment,, 1916 ,) 2g. Gd. (Is. Id,)
Addendum. Jan. 1919. Care an(l repuir of IlitieS, Msgaehies, .I0~1.
(In the press)
(13 15497)e S V t, Oioo— oos 0000 8121 B. &S Ltd.
.MIL!T4IIY J300XS, published by Authorfty— eontlntied,
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Army List. The Monthly. Officers on the Active List. (i
5
uilicaf ion was
s us p e nd e d during thg War):—
OCt. 1914. And after, Iisch 5:. (4:. 4d.)
Quarterly Suppleuneiit. Officers Retired from the Active List Victorlit
Cros,; Orders of ~utlghthiood; Foreign Orders; Soldiers’ Balances
iJiudjspoged of; &c., Ac. Jan. 1919 and after. Each 1:. (Is.)
Army List. The Quarterly (uiot issued in October 1914). Jan., April, July,
and Oct. Each us. (10:. lid.)
Do. The Quarterly. Jan. 1920. Part2, War Services ofOfficers of tins
Army, Ac. (GratIs to purchasers c/the Quarterly drnuy List.)
Do. / The Monthly. 5:.
Army Orders. Monthly. Bach 3d. (4d,)
Army Orders. Covers for, lid. (9d.)
Army Review, Quarterly. July 1911 to October 1914. (Vol. 1., N~s.1 and 2,
out of’ p rint. ) 1~. (tip to July1914, 1:,; Oct. 1914, ltd.)
(Subsequent pubUcation tuspeohded)
Army Service Corps. &e Sunvzcu.
Artificers, Military. Ilauidhook. lath editIon, 1915. lid. (lid.)
Artillery at the 1?icardy Manceuvree I n 1910. Translated trout the
1
1
’reuucis. 2:. Gd. (2:.)
Artillery. Royal
Rangetakers. See that dun.
Standing Orders for Lieutenant-Colonel’s Command, lt.G.~
(Coast and Siege). 1910. Id. (Id.)
Training—
Coast. ‘~ol.I. (!ntht press)
Field. 1914. (lkprinted 1018.) 1~. (ho.)
Do. Examples of Iisngfng. To auppiement those given In Sec. 237
Garrison— c ~)
• Vol.1 1914. Gd. (Gd.)
Vol.11. (Siege). 1911. (Iteprlnteil, with Ametudmetite, 1914), lid. (Sd.)
Vol.111. 1911. (ReprInted, with Amendment,, 1014), ii. (lid.)
Artillery College, Reports upon the 14th to 18th Senior Claa~e,. (Out
ipu’int.) Maclu ii, (lid.) See sub: ORDNANCE (loLt~~~.
Artillery Instruments;—
liaiidbook of. 1914, 1:. lId. (Is. 4d.)
Do. Amendments. Id. (Id.)
Do. Addendum to. 2d. (Id.)
Do. Appendix, Dee. 1915 (Periscopes, to.) ; and Amendment,
to p. 111 of the Ilandh,ook. 111th Plates, lst. (td,)
Artillery Museum iii the Rotunda, Woelwicis, Official Catttlogu~e. 1905,
(Sold at the llotunda. Is. Gd.)
Artillery and Rifle Ranges Act, 1855, and MilItary Lands Acts,
1892 to 1903, Ryelaws under:—
Aidebuirah, 1896 Ash (Atulersluot Camp), 1587 ; Fintuoroughi. 19011
Ilythie. 1893 ; Inclukhith Battery, 181131 ; Kingliornneas, 1896
Lanulgnard, 1887 ; Lysld— Dimngenesa, 181)5 ; Miuiullewick, 1890
Millhrook, 1888 ; Orchard l’ortman, 18l~G; Scarborough, 1903 ; Scraps
Gate, 18831 ; Slioeburyneeo, 11495 ; Southwold, 181)6 StreumealI, 13)00
Wash 11191; W1ultrhua~~eu Battery (Cumberland), 18116 . Each lit, (let.)
Puct1e~t,11)11. Is. (lid.)
Salisbury Plain, 1900. 4d. (4d.)
(3)
MILl tAlbY JJOOA’.S, paRis/led by duMsrity— coutlutied.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Artillery Store Accounts and the Care and Preservation of
Equipment of Royal Artillery, Horse, Field, and Heavy
Batteries. Notes on, Sept. 1014. at. (hit,)
Austria. Campaign of 186 6 Against. Multke’e Correspondence
during. Prteta. Sec GeueMAn’c,
Barracks. Care of, Instruction in. 1901. lid. (Td.)
Bashforth Chronograph, Experiments with, to deteemhilo the reslatauce
ol the air to the niothoti ofprojectiles. Report on. 1870. is. (Gd.)
Bermuda Militia Artillery. Regulations. 1914. Oil. (7dJ
Bicycles. Military. handbook on. 1911. (lleprlnteil, with Amendments,
11314). Iteprinted 1910. Id. (Id.I
Bounty to Soldiers. See FIeLDALLOWANCE .
British Minor Expeditions, 1746 to 1814. 1884. 2s. Gd. (is. lId.)
~ }See TultnlrouulAa Fouce.
Cape of Ihood Hope Reconnaissance Survey, 1903-1911. Report
on the. 1914. Ia. Gd. (ls. lit,)
Casualty Lists, Weekly, War Office and Air Ministry. No, I,
Aug. 7, 11117, to No. 83, March 4, 1919. Each 3d. (3d.)
Cavalry. Technical Operations; Cavairy In an Army; Cavalry In Battle,
Trienslated from the Freticli of Cattain Lair, XX Army Corps Stan. With
a Preface by General Langlois. (lit/i Maps. 3~.Gd. (Is. lid.)
Cavalry of the Line. Peace Organization of the ; and Arrangements
fee Mobilloation consequent on the establishment of Cavalry Dep5ts.
(Special A.O., July 19, 1909). id (Id.)
Cavalry Training. 1912. (Reprinted, with Amendments
3
1015). 13. (lid.)
See also I T ALI AN CAV ALI er.
Ceremonial. 1912. (Reprinted 11119.) Sd. (Gd.)
Do. ProvisIonal Amendnients, June, 1914, (IF’it/i Plates and Aey.)
(Ueprinted 1)119). Id. (3d.)
Chemistry. Practical. Quantitative amid Qualitative. A. Cour,e oC,
1914, bs, (3s.8d,)
Chemists of the Research Department. Hulea and Regulations
specially relating to. 1913. 3d. (let.)
Chiropody. Manual of. Id. (lit.)
Clothing and t~ecessaries(including Materials). l’riced Vocabulary
of. 1920. l’rovietouuai. 1~, (lad.)
Do. Amendment,, J
533
., April, Aug. Nov. 11)16 ; Feb., April, Dcc,
11)17; March, Nov. 1018; Jan., k
0~
.1919; Jan. 1921). Each lit,
• (lit.)
C1othtn~Regulations;—
Part I. Regular Forces (excluding the Spt’elal Reserve). 1914. Gd. (Gd.)
PertIi. SpecIal Reserve, 1914. 3d. (3d.)
0o~chesterUariieon. Standing Orders. 1913. lid. flil.)
Commands, Military and Staff in the United lUngdoln, hheorgani’
cation of. (Special A.b~, lan. 5, 11305, wIlls alterations to date. Issued with
Special At)., Roy, 11, 1907). 3d. (3d.)
(4)
iiJLIT,4lih’ flUOKS,pmthli~/eedb~..4imtAorItp— continn8d.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Company Training. Notes on. Fat’ the use of the Special Rcservc Terri-
torial Force, and slowly raised Unite of the Regular Army. Sept. 1914.
lit. (Id.)
Constitution. TheUrrunim. (Edition n’ti/loiet Notes,) 1920, Sd. (Sit.)
Cooking and Dietary. Military’. Manual of. Illustrated. 1918, Gd, (Gd.)
Co~ordinationof Voluntary Effort resulting troist the formstioDof the
LLU.V.O. Department. A. National Schemeot
Appemllcea Iii and IV.— A I)ehmlled Record of tue Work of theRecognized
Associations, 1920. 03. (Os, 3d,)
(Appendices I. and ii., with the .fleport ef the Director’Ge ne ral was puUisled
as (Cmii. 173)0 &ssion 11119,) Id, (Id.)
Coat Accounting chemo for 1019-20. Provisional In,truction~Ce.
hating to
Part 1. For the Guidance of Staff, Regimental, ~ndDepartmental Officers
at home Stations. 3d. (3d.)
arews of War Department Veaaele an4 Boats at Home
Stations, Regulations for the Appointment, l’ay, and Promotion of,
1011. 2d. (lit.)
Cyclist Training. 1017. Provisional. Cit. (5d.); Atnonthnents, Aug. 19114.
Demobilization, Army. Regulations — -
l’art 1. With J)iagrauu showIng Method of Dispersal andMop of DIspersal
Stations and Areas 1mm the United Kingdom. Is. Gd. (is. 51.)
• Part I I . With l’lan of Ifutenctit Lines, showing suggested Appropriation
of hiuilelilugs for use as a lJl,per,al ~tatlon’ and Map of
DIspersal Stations andAreaain theUnited Kingdom. Gd. (Gd.)
Part III,
Do. Chap. XXIV, Labour Units, Id. (lit.)
Do. • Chap. XXV. Fart I. flispereisi of Officers of the Army Chale’
lahe’, Department. Id. (lit.)
Do. Chap. XXV . l’art II. Ordnance Services, let. (lit.)
Do. Chap. XXVI. QJII.A.A.C, let. (Id.)
lie, Chap. XXVII, Animal,, 3d. (3d.)
Do. Chap. XXXI I . The Volunteer Force. Id. (‘22.)
Do. , Chap. XXXIII. llrltIah West lnilioo Contingents. Id. (lit.)
Addenda to Chap. V. Special Iheglstratton. lit, (lii.)
Anuenilmnonts
Tal’artsianelhi, Id. (Id;)
Nos. 3 to 25. llach let. (lit.)
Doapatches, Military. See WAn or 1914— 18.
Disabled and Discharged Soldiers in France. Time Treatment and
Training of. Report by Sir floury Norman, Part.., Mr., Liaison Oiilcer of
the Miniatry of Munitions to the French Illinietry of Inventions. 4d. (4d.)
Diseases, medical, in the Tropical and Sub-Tropical War
Areas. Memorandis on. 1919. (30 ti/i 1’lizir~, Dimsgrancs, ‘IOn-figures, and
• icdex.) Is. Gd. (Is,)
Drainage Manual, • For time use of Royal Engineer Officers, and other
persons, employed on the Construction mciii! Maintenance of Drainage Worke
in connectionwith War Drpartmettt Iluildicigs in the fluited Kingdom or in
similar climati,. 1021, (tUnsii’illcd). Os. (Os, i~d.)
• (8)
• MILITARY BOOX.S’, published iy Authority— continued.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Drawing Plates, Military
Attack of Dufor’, Countermninee or hod plate of Mines; Carnot’, First
System; Detached Forts; Concealed Defences, 1,1,3,4; l’rlnting l’lmcte,
A, B, (1, Ac. ; Detail Plate, No. 1; Do. No. 2; NeIghbourhood of Wool.
wich Village and Surrounding Ground. Each 3d. (2d.)
Attack of Fortrses— PreIimninar~’Operations; Do. Distant Attack; Do.,
Close Attack; Neighbourhood of Mete. Each ad . (3d.)
• Neighbourhoodof Woolwicb. Southern Side. Is. Gd. (it. III.)
Woods and Villages. Sixplates. Earls Gd, (ad.)
Drill Book. B.A,S.C. (Issued with A.O, (or Oct. 1920.) 3d, (3d.)
Dynamics. Note, on. See Oims1AreCE C0LIi:ulc,
Education, Conference, Imperial. Conveumed, Jmrne 11 and 12, 1913
by time Chief of the Imperial Uciceral Staff, Ilit. (Gd.)
Educational Trainin~. I’art 1. General l’rinciples. (In the press)
Egypt. British Force in. Standing Orders. 1912. is. (hod.)
Egypt. Campaign of 1882 in. Military lii,tery. With Case of Maps.
Uondensed Ldition. 1908. 3o, lId. (Is. 8d,)
Egyptian Expeditionary Force, A brief recordof the Advance of the.
July, 1917, to Oct., 11118. 95. (do. 3d.)
Electrical Communications Fixed, Instructions it, to, 1912. (lie.
printed, with Amendments, 11)1)3), 4d, (3d.)
Electricity. Notes on, 1920. 3~. (Is, 3d,)
Electric Light Apparatus. Defence. Instruction, for time working of.
11115. lit. (lit.)
Electric Lighting and Power Work of tl,~German Army. Notes on,
• 1920. is. (ii). (Is, lii.)
Encounter, The Battle of, Dy lIens von Kieshlug. Part I. Practical.
Translated, is. Gd. (is. 3d,)
Energy Expenditure of tics Infantry Recruit in TrainIng. The. 1920.
• Os. (lie. lit.)
Engineer Services Regulations. Peace
Part I. 1910. (Reprinted, with AmendmentspublIshed up to May 1, 1915)
Is. (lid.)
Part 11. 1911, TechnIcal Treatises. (Ileprinted, with Ameuduisents to
May 1, 1915). lid. (3d.)
Engineer Training. 1912. (ReprInted, wills Amcitdmeists, 1914). Gd. (Gil.)
Engineering. Field. Manualof, 1911. lId. (92.) •. -
Engineering. Military:—
l’artl, Field Defences. 11108. Is. Gd. (ls.3t.)
i’artIT. Attackand Defence of Fortresses. 1910. 3d, (82.)
1’~rtII1~. Military Iirudghmmg— Oeneral l’rlnclples amid Material,. 1913,
• is. (ild.); Indexto. let. (lit.)
Part IllS. Do.— hiridges. 1914. (Ileprinteit 11118.) 2s. (he. 82.)
Part IV. Mining cool Demolltlons. 1910. (ileprluted, 1915, wills Amend’
ments to 11112 inclusIve.) Is, (lId,)
Part V. MIscellaneous. 1914. Is. (lId.)
l’art Vi, MilItary hlailways. 1898, • (Out of print)
Entrance. Army. Regulations:—
R,N. Academy. Adn
3
lmsiocm to, and for Firm/i Aim uimmtmncmmts therefrom
to ilme I1ciy~l Arlilhcry mmmi lloyal lfsmgimmocnm. 1021), 22. (Id.)
(Ii) , ,- -
Infantry (Regular Army). 1913,
(Repl;mted, with Amend’
ment8 pubihshmed in Arm
Orders up to Dec. 81, 1915
(3d. (Sit.)
Ia.’ Mounted Infantry. 1912. Gd.
(Sd.)
II. Cavalry (Ihegular Army). 1914.
3d. (lId.)
III. Army Service Corps (Regular
Army). 1913. (lieprinteil.
with AmendmSnte published
inArmmmy Orders up to Deo. 31,
1916 ). lId. (Gd.)
V. Royal Army Medhoal Ccrpa
• (Regular Army). 1914. 2d. (Id.)
Vl.— IX. N.M. Academy; 11.1.1.
and Staff Colleges; Garrison
• Stahl itnd Schools of iu%troc’
• lion ; Military l’rhson,, De-
tention Barrack,, and Mill.
tary Provost Staff Corps.
(Regular Army.) 1914. Id,
(24.)
Xml, Engineer. General. Fortre~~,’
Survey Railway, amid DepOt
Unit,. i’eace enilWar. (Regis.
laxArmy.) l914~ Id. (lit.)
• , • (7)
Sect.
Xi. Field Troop (Regular Army)
1912. 22. (22.)
Xd. Divisional Signal Compmtn
(Regular Army), 1914. I i
(22.)
Xe. Signal Company (Wireless)
(Re~iularArmy). 1912. 22,
X/. Ileaclquarters Signal unIts
(Regular Army). 1914. 24.
X9. . ~hgn’a1 Company (Cable)
• (liegular Army), 1912. Id.
(It.)
Xh. Signal Squadron (ilegular
Army). 1914, 22. (Id.)
Xj. Signal Troop with Cavalr
Brigade (Regular Army
1912. lit. (24.)
X4. Signal Troop whi.h a Cavalry
Brigade miot allotted to a
Cavalry Divtslon (hhegular
Army). 1914. Iii. (14.)
Xi, Signal Company (8oeth Africa)
(Regular Army). 1912. Id.
~m. llrhdghisg Train (Regular
Army). 1912, 22, (lit,)
MILITARY BOOKS, pubhsbedby Amethority— oontinueml;
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Entrance. Army. Uegulationa— eontinued.
E.M. College. Ailmhsolomm to, amid for FirstAppoImmtnments tiierefronm to
time Regular Army. 11)20. 1 * 1 . (32.)
~.Ii1itary Forces of the Self-governing Dominione amid Crown
Colonies. , Olliocreof limo. 1912. 14. (Id.)
militia and. Imperial Yeomanry, RegulatIon! under which Commie.
elons in timelie umlarForces maybe obtaIned (my Officers of. 1907. Id, (14.)
Royal Army eterinary Corps. Regulations for AdmissIon tu the.
lit. (let.)
• Special Reserve of Ofilcera, Malta Militia,Bermuda Militia
1
Channel Islands Militia, and Territorial Force, OffIcers of
time. 1920. 14. (Id.)
University Candidates. 1920. Id. (Id.)
• Warrant Omcers and N.C.Os. of the Regular Army, Corn.
instant Commissions as Secommd Liemmtemmmutta, (tinder cc rdswn.)
• - • See also ME DI CAe, Coin’s.
Equipment. Infantry. Pattern 11105 Web. 1913. Id. (let.)
Sec also VALISaJiQien’Meror.
Equipment Regulations:—
Part 1, 1912, (Reprinted with Amendment, published his Army Orders up
to Aug. 31, 1914). i~. (lid.) -
• Part 2. Details—
Sect..
Ml!.!TARI’ FlOOKS’, pnilis/(ed ig AiethordZy— c’ontIrimmed,
(A~to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Etiuipment Regulations— continued.
Part 2. ijetails’— m,ontimmmmed. .
Sect.
Xn. FIeld Squadron (Regular
Army). 1914. Id. (Id.)
XIa. ilorse Artillery. Q.8’. 13-pr.
(Regular Arnmy.) 1913. 9d.
(s it. )
XIS. Field Artillery, Q.F. 18-pr.
(ilegmmlar Army.) 1914. 94. Xlii.
(Sit.)
XIe. Field Artillery. Q.F. 4~6 -in.
howitzer. (Regular Army.)
1913. (ReprInted, with
Amendments up to Aug. 1,
1914). lid. (Sd.)
Xld, Reserve Brigades with Q.F.
18-pr. Equipment, IIoi’ee end
Field Artillery, Staff. and
DepOtS, Riding Establish.
scent, School of Gunnery
(horse and Field), and
Mounted Band (Regular
Army) 1914. Gd. (Gd.)
XIe. Mountain Artillery with.
fl.L. 2’75’lnch Equipment.
• Mountain Battery and
Part 3. Territorial Force, 1914. Gd. (Gd.)
Dci. Details
Sec,IX. Artillery. 1912. (Oaf 0/ print)
Do, Ammsendments,April 1912; Feb. 1914. Each Id. (Id.)
Sec. X. EngIneer, 1912. 84, (84.)
Amendments to I art 1. Feb. 1916 . AprIl ftmmd Sept.1919. Each Id. (1d.)
Amendmentø to Part 2. Feb., Jsmhv (two hesnes), Aug. 1914. Each 1t, (id.)
Amendment, to l’arts 1, lend 3, ~tov. 1913. Id. (Id.)
• Amendments to Parts 1, 2 and 3, March, July 1913; April, Aug. 19141
Sept. 1920. Each let. (Id.)
Amendments to Parts 1, 2 and 3, sept. 1920. 2d. (Bet.)
Amendments to I’art 2, Sec. XVII. (Olflcers Tralnirmg Corps), Feb. 1920.
id. (let.) I
Amendments to Paris I mmmii 2. Dp~.1920. 3d, (3d.)
European War, 1914-18. (See WAR, 1914-is.)
Examination Papers (all published papers of which the dates are omitted
are out s.fprint)
Qualirying Certificates. Sept.1905; March 1906 ; Sept. 1909; March,
Sept. 1910 ; March, Sept. 1911; March, 1912. Reels 3d, (5ct.)
Entrance: N.M. Academy; 1{.M. College; Indian Army College,
Wellington. Nov,-Dec, 11115. Is. (lOd.)
Entrance: it. 81. Academy; N.M. College’ Indiami Army college, Quetta.
Camletshlps its thin Royal Navy (Special l~nt.ry). March 11)18. Gd. ((3d.)
• • • (8)
Sect.
Ammunition Column, Mule
Tran,port. (Regular Army.
1914. l’rovisicsmai. 3d. (Gd.
XIIa, Royal (Imirrlson Artillery
(Regular Army). 1914, 2s. (3d .
(is. 184,)
Royal Garrison Artillery
Siege Artillery, Movitble
Armament, emil Machine
Gun, in Armamemits. 1913.
Is. Clod.)
XV . Camel Corps School. Egypt
(Regular Army)~ 1914. lit,
(Id.)
XV I . Special Reserve, 1913. 44.
(4d.)
XVII. Oillcere Traisslng Corps,
1920. ld, (Id.)
Practice Batteries amid Drill Guns
(Fixed Mommutings) of the
lloyd Garrison Artillery.
(l’art 2, Sects. XI I a and
XVI, and Part 3,) 1909.
Is. 3d. (Is. Id.)
MILITARY 11001(5, publIshedby Authorify— ccsstiommed.
• (As to prices in brackets, see top ofpage 2.) • -
Examination Pal3ers— centimsm,ed.
Entrance: N.M. Academy; N.M. College; Boymil Air Force. lcov. 1919,
Is, (to. Id.)
Entrance: N.M. Academy; N.M. College; Royal Air Force; Supple-
mentary First Appointments in the Itoyal Marines. CadetshIp, in the
Itoyal I~avy(Special Entry). June 1020. Is. (Is. Sit.)
R.Iit. Academy, Fpurth Chase; R.19T. College Fourth, Third, and
Second’Divhnhone. July, Dec. 1904; June 1905. lLsch ie.
R.M. Academy Fourth Class; R.M. College Senior Division.
Dec. 1909; June, Dec. 190th July, Dec. 1901. Each li.
Staff College. Admission. July 1911; June-July i9I2~June-July
• 1013. Each Is. (Gui.)
Militia, Imperial Yeomanry, and. Vnivereity Candidates.
Oct. 100(3. is.
• Olflcers for Promotion. Oct. 11)20. 1~. Gd, (is, Id,) AprIl1921. 18. (102,)
Ofitcere Training Corps :—
Cacleta of the Senior Division. Certiflcate A. Dec. 1908. Gd, (~d.)
Cadets of the Junior and Senier Divisions. Certiflcateo A
amid ii. Spring of 19(iO; lOfty, Nov. 1911; March, Nov. 1912; March
1914. Itstcls Gd. (Gel.)
Foreign Languages. Modern. June 11119. Is, (flit.) Jan. 2020,
Os, (let. Id.) bun 1020. Ic. (is. Id.)
• Staff Colleges atCamberley and. Quetta. Reporton the Examina.
tle,mm for uttlmnlsslois. Feb. anil March 11(21. WIth lixamlnatiots l’apers
aridltenmarks of the Examnhmmers thereomi. Is. (Ii. Set.)
- Family Allowance.
.5cc also SleyAlsATIoic ALLOWANCE.
Field Allowance to the Commander of an Army amid to time Commander of
en Army Corps or Group of Dlvishomss; Promotion of Lieutenants
• ol time Am-my Veterinary Corps Special Jlrners’e, and TerritorIal Force~.
Bounty to Soldiers. Sp~chaiArmy. Order, Jessie 20, 191(3. • lit. (lit.)
Field Service Manuals
Ammunition Column. Divisional. NewArmies. illS. 3d. (34.)
• Artillery. Heavy, (B.L. GO-pr.) Battery and Ammunition Colmimmi,
ilzpe,iltionmsry Force. 19113. 3d. (3d.)
Artillery. Horse. Brigade. 13-pr. Q.F. 1908. 3d, (3d.)
Cavalry Regiment. Itxpeiiitionary Furce. 1913. 3d. (34.)
Engineers. Bridging Train, lixpemlitionaty Force. 1910. 3d. (84.
Do. Field. Company. E*pemiithsmsary Force. 1915. lid. (3d,
• Do. Field Squadron. Jixpeditimmnary Forcs. 1914, . 3d, (3d.
Do. Works company. Expeehithomsary Force. 1910. 3d. (ad.
Headquarters Units. Expeditionary Force. 1911. 34. (3d,)
Infantry Battalion, Ilxpemlitlonary Force. 1914. 34. (3d.)
Infautry( Mounted) l3attalion. Expeditionary Force. 1914, 3d. (3d,)
Medical Service. Army, Expeditionary Force, 1914. 3d. (3d,)
Signal Service, Signal Company (dable), Expeditionary Force. -
Do. Signal dompany (Divisional). ExpeditIonary
}orce. 1915. 34. (3d.) -
• • (9)
(a lOtOT)s
MIUTA Ill’ BOOKS, pmmtelis/med by Amctdorify-.— cosstinueml.
(A~to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Field Service Pocket Book. 1914. (ReprInted, wlths Amendments,
1910). Is, Gd, (lx. 21.); Addendum No, I, Shortened Form of ServIce (or
time Burial ,mf the Desd, lit. (lit.)
Field Service Regulations:—
Part I. OperatIons. 1900. lhleps-inted, wIth Amemmuisnenre, iOi4). Gd. (Gd.)
Fart II. Orgamuization amid Admimsietratioti. 1909. (Reprinted, with
• • Amendsnemststo Oct. 1914). is. (hod,)
Do. Amendment, Aprii 1918. Id. (lit.)
• Do. Addeneiimm, Jan, 1917, for time Guidance of Troops operating in
France aiim) llelglmnn. Dmsthes aimel itenpommaiblhltles ol the
• Qmmartermmuster-Oemmeral, timeDirector-Cesseral of Tm’ansportation
amid time General Offices’ ComnmamsdhmmgLlsies of Comrmmunieation
• Area, Id. (lit.)
• Do. Admlithomms amid Correct.iomme, March, 1917. DutIes ammd Iteaponsi.
• lmIIItIes of time Iingineer.hsi-CIslef, and of Chief Engineers, Ac.
lit. (let,) (Its time press)
Financial Instructions in relation to Army Aecounts. 1910.
(Reprinted, with Amemuminmeists to Oct. 1, 1917). (Omit c/print). 62, (Id.)
Fire Manual. Army. 1918. 22. (22.)
Foods. Analyses and Energy Values of. (3m. ((3m. lit.)
Foreign Languages. Study of. ltegmiluutiomms. 102mm, 22. (Id.)
Foreign Press. • Smsppleemmommt to the DaIly Reviewof time
Ecemnosmsic. - Fortnlglmtly, conmniemmcismg with that of Aug. 20, 1918, to
Aug. 12. 1910. liutcim Gd. (lid.)
Medical. (Compiledicy tIme MedIcal ltecimarch Committee), Moumtlmhy, ~‘om-
monehsmg with that of Julie 1918, to April 1919. Each is, (102.)
Political. % oh. Vii. Weekly, Aug.11, 19111.
Section 1. Vol. VII. No.1. Central Iimmrope. Gd. (lid.) (Out c/print)
Section II. Do., do. lImitammmi Nmirtlu-IiastRusrope. Gd. (lid.) (Omit oJpri,mt)
Section IV. Do., mOo. -Woatcrmm Europe. lid. ((Set.) - (Out of print)
Section V. Do. ,.do, America amid time PacIfic, Gd. (6 2.) (Omit a/priNt)
• Ilecomustruction. Fortmuhgimt.ly, cemnmismencimeg wIth that of Ammg. 10, 1910,
to Judy ‘10, 11110. Reich lId. - (Get.)
Techn1c~l; Fom-tniglmt.ly, commmiesmcing wIth that- of May 28, 1918, to
Aug. III, 1910. liacIm 3d. (lid.)
Ismdex to the Economnhc amid Reconstruction Supplements. May tø Nov.
1918; Nov. 11118 to April 11(19. Is. (lId.)
Isedex to tho Medical Supplemisent. , • -.
Vol. 1., Jan. to Dcc. 11(18. is. (102.)
Vol. Ii.. Jams, to April 1919. IS. (102.)
Indexto time Techusmhcal Supplement. Vol. 11., July to Dec. 1918, Gd, (Gd.)
FortifIcation. Permanent. For time Imperial Military Trahisismg
- Iletmmbhlshmemmts and !~rtime Xnstrnction of Officers of ~hl Arms of the
Auetro-I lungarhan Am-mny. flit iOdithor~. Translated. 4$. (2e. lId.)
France. Disabled and DiechargedSoldiers in. See DssAmmLvn.
Pranco-Gerinan War, 1870-71. Trauslpted from the German Official
Account,—
FirstPsert.— .lllstory of time War to the Downfallof time Empire—
Vol. 1 (Sectis. I to 0), Outbreak of Hostilities to Battle of Oravelotte.
(Out of prinfl
Voi. 2(Secns. 6 to 9). Battle of Gravelotte to Downfall of time Empire,
(10) (Ode/print)
• 81/LIlA It)’ BOOKS, public/ted
8
y Ammt4ority— cotitimsued.
(As to prices inbrackets, see t~pof page 2.)
Franëo-German W’ar— contimmuemf.
Second Part— History of thisWar agalmmst time Republic—
Vol. 1 (Secns. ho to 13). Inve~tmen1. of t’aris to lie-occupation ~r
Orleans by the Germans, ill. Os. (lso. Gd.)
Vol. I(Secns. 14 to 18). Events in Northern France from end of Nom’,
In Nortlm-west frosts begbnmming ef Dec. SIege of Paris frosms
commencemtsmt of Dec. to the Armistice. Operations in the
South-east frømmiddle of Nov. to middle of Jan. £1 tic, (h9s.)
Vol. 3 (Scene. 111 and20), Events him South-east France from middle of -
Jan, to Termninathoms of Hostilities. Rearward Cosusmumu(cathone. Time
Armistice, flomomeward March cud Occmspathosu. Retrospect.
-• - £1 hi. Gd. (~Cl I s. 3d.)
Also separately, Sections its paper ccmuem-s, amid Plan, ,,mirnommmmted :—
Section.
I. Events in July. l’lan. Is. (2s. 2d.)
‘ 2. Events to Hoe of DaIlies of Wortis tumid Sphcimerers, lid eel. (Omit sf7crint)
3. Battles of SVlrtlm ausmi Spiclmeress. In! edition, (Out 0/print
4, Advance of ‘Ximhrml Army totime Moselhe, &c. Inch edition. (Out 0/print
0. OperatIons near 1hIetz on lSthm, 16 th, amid 17th Augumst. Battle o
Vlonvhhle— Mam’mu Ia Tour. 2nd edition. • (Out o,f print
8. Battle ofGrmuvelotte— St. l’rhm’at, (Out ofprinf
• 1. Advance of Third Army amid of Army ut time Ofeuse agaismet Army of
Chalosua (Oust c/print)
8, Battle of Seihmun. • (Omit of primst)
Ii. l’roceelilimgs on Gennsn Coast cmiii before F’ortresnes in Aleace.
LorraIne. Battle of Nolaaeville. General reviewof War tsp to Sept.
43. (3d. (3o. 42.)
10. Ismvestmemmtof Paris. CalcIum of Toul and Strasstuurg. 6 ,. (Os. lid.) -
ii. llveumts before l’munis, amid at other iuohsmts of Theatre of War in
Westerts France instil cliii of October. S e t. 3d, (Os. hid.) -
12. Lnst Ilingageunesmta with Freiscim Amniy of tIme Rlmhmme. Occurrence.
• atter fall of Stritasiuurg mind Meta to middle of Novenshor, ~1s. Gd.
~ (Os. Sit.)
II. • Occurremuces cii T hmt’atre of War his Ceistrsl Fras,cs up to lie-occupatIon
of Orleans icy the Uermasm~. 6 5. (Is. (Set,)
14. Meaein-es for Issveatmemit of l’aris up to middleof flecemmsber. 4*, (Oo,)
10. Measures for protect(mug time Irivesinsent of h’msrhs aummi Oocmmrretseeti
beforeFresucis CapItal to ccumsmnmemmcemeimt of 1811. 20. Gd. (is. lid.)
16 . I’rorecehhngs of Seoomud Army from conmmnelscemmsemst of )SII mmnthl time
Armistice, In. ltd. (Is. 82.)
17. i’roceedhmmgs of First Army from eomnnsetucemnent of 1871 until the
Arrssisthce. 3m, (Is. 3d,)
iS. Occurrences c,ss South-easternTlseatre of War imp to middle of Jan, 1811.
I lsesuts imefore l’aris fromconsmeuicemnesmtof 1871 tothe ArmnI etI c~,8n.
(Go.) -
19. Occurreuscem on Soustlm-eaetersu Theatre of War from middle of Jan.
hell. l’o-ooeedings ill rear of German Army and In Cea.t
Provinces, fromNov. 1870 umitil time Armistice. Rio. Gd. (9s. Sit.
- • - (ii •
- - MIL1TAII I’ BOOKS, putmlis/seut by~Aut/ionuty— cont(nuem’t.
(As to prices In brackets, see top of page 2.)
Franco-German War— continued. •
Section.
20, General Retrospect of Wise from begimuning of Sept. 1870 to Cessation
of llostllhtie,. Armistice and Peace Preliminaries. Return of
German Army and Peace of Frminktort. The Occupation, The
• Telegraph, Post, Supply of Ammusmmitlon, Commniesariat, llo!pitaI
Service, Divine Service, MilItary JustIce, liecrisitsoetut, and Rome
Garrisons. Results. So. (Is. 92.)
Analytical Index. is. Gd, (Is. lit.)
Plans— -
4. Battle of Coiombey-Nouihly. hid. (3d.) -
St. Battle of Vlonville— Miurs ha Tour. PosItion ci Contending Forces
• aim Neon, 3d.’ (3d.)
SB, - Battle of Vlonville— Mars ha Tour, Position of Contending Forces
from4 to Sp.m. 32. (Oct.)
• 9A, Battle ofSedan, Position of Co,stesmuhing Forces towards Noon. 3d. (let.)
9B. Battle of Sedan. Position of time Germans in this afternoon shortly -
bimfore time end of the strd~gls. 3d. (lit.)
.Ieecslso Siege Operations.
French Words and. Phrases with English Pmommuuuciatlon, Short Vocabsu’
lary of. Notes -0mm French - Measures, Abbreviations amid Terms used on
•Fresieb Maps, with iimglishu Equilvahemits. 3d. (Id.)
Funds Asoociations Societies, &c., for the Assistance of Servhn~amid
Ex-~ervireOfficers, 1liems, Women and their Dependants. (Revised m920).
2d, (lit.) •
German Army. Cavalry. Drill Regulations. 1909. 3d. (31.)
Do. FootArtillery. Drill itegudatlone. PantIV. TUE Flour,
19011. Id. (3d.)
Do. Mausemuvres IIegulatlemm~. 1008. 3d. (3d.)
German Constitution. The. (/iditieuum mcutu’somet Nbtsts.) 1920, Gd. (Gd.)
Germany. The Campaign of 1806 in:—
With 22 plane I,s portfolio. 1872. (ReprInted 1007). 6 *. (43. hOd.)
Moltke’a Projects for. Is, (hod,)
Isloltke’s Correepondence during. Prichs, With 4I’lan~. 1~. (hod.)
Guernsey and. Alderney Royal Militia. lleguhatlousa. iVittu the
MIlitIaLaws relating to time Islands. Provisional. let. (Is. Id.)
Gun Drills for
210-inch DL. Gumim, Corms-erted Mark land It Carriage, Shark I. Is. (bit.)
‘115-Incis Q.I
1
. hlowttzer, Mark I Carriage, Mark 1. 1*. (102.)
4’S-inch q. ~. Howitzer, Marks I and II, Carriage, Mark I. lid. (Gd.)
6 -inch 1l.L. 26 -cwt. Howitzer, Mark I, Carriage, Mark I. Id. (52.)
6 -inch ll.L. 1towtt~er, Marks VII, VIE
5
, VU°
5
. and VIII, CarrIages.
Marks VII amsut VIla. 92, (ltd.)
02-inch I3.L. HowItzer, Mark II, Carriage, SIege, Mark II. 92. (82.)
• il-pr. Q.F., Gun. Marks I and II, Camnisge, Mark I, Cit. (Gd.)
ic-pr. Q,F., Gusts, Marks I to II, Carriages, Marks ICC to II (with Supple.
• mont for Murk I Carriage). fit, (6 2.) -
18-pr. I~.F., Mark IV, Carriages, Marks III tutu IhI~~, 42. (4d.)
6 O-%me. B.L., Mark I— P°’. Carriages, Mails 1 and III. Get. (Get.)
See also MAcsxcNa Guys; !sttjsmearuur Rs~~ut~.’ntoys. Part L; and Ru’i~,
Ilo~sMAcmtzmye.
• (12) • -
• MILITARY BOOKS, puilisheit by Aufhss’ify-.-contimmued. -
(As to ~rioes in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Guns, Handbooks for:— -
9-2-inch B.L. howitzer, Marks I and It. 1920. Os. (Is. 2d.)
• 8-Irish ILL. Howitzer, Marks VI— VIlI. Is. (Is.)
6 -Inch ll.L. 20 cwt. Howitzer. Mark I. Os. (2*. Gut.)
• 37-inch Q,I
5
. ltlountahis hicuus-htzer, Mark 1. 11)21, 35. (Ii. 3d.)
I’ll-Inch B.L. MuleYquslpmerut. Os. Cd. (is. 7d.)
30-pr. IlL Marks II amid lIe. • • (In (cii press)
38-pr. Q.F. amid Carriages, Field. • • (In 8/us press)
18-yr. Q.F., Mark IV, • (In (lie pres.)
IlL. C-inch, Mark XI X Gun on Travelling Carriage. Land ServIce. 1920.
4s, (Ii. )
Stokes 3-iuuchu Tnueuichu Mortar. M.L. Laud Service. 1919. ii. Gel. (1,. 22.)
‘303-inch lbotctiklsa Machine. Prui~-Isiotiah. 6it. (Id.)
‘lOl-Imuchm amid ‘303-Immchi Comuvertcd MaxinmMachine (Magazine111Cc Chamber),
rrtounted on Carriages, MG,, iuifmumtry, l’msrnpetl Tripod amid Cotse
Moumnthmlgs. 1211. (itepniuited, wIth Amesudmemste, 1915). Oct. (ltd.)
/sdclemuda. let. (Imt.); Ameumuiniemuts. 4d. ( lit,) -
flealthoftheArmy, Reportonthe, fortheyearl9l4. lOs. (7*. 4m
1
.)
historical Records of the British Army
Ilorse Guards. 6 :. (35. 72,)
•Dragoon Gumards, 3rd and 7tls. Each4*. (3*.)
• Dragoons, let, 3rd, 14th, amid 10th. Each 4o, (Os.)
• Do. lath. Os, (Is. 3d.)
• Marine Corps. Is. (Is. Id.) • -
• Foot, 8th, 10th, 11th, 13th,. 15th, Ieth, 17th, 18th, 19th, 21st, 22nd, 80th,
30th, 46 th, 53rd, 17th, lIst, 72nd, lOrd, 74th, 813th, 87th, and
Olsud. Each 4o. (Os.) - -
• Do. 50th, 01st, 70th, and 881.55. Each Os, (2s. 94.)
Histories, Short, of the T erritorial Regiments of the British
• Arszsy’. 6 7 mmumbers, each Id. (let.) 1mm one volume, Se. (Os. Out.)
Do. This Seats Guard,, let. (3d.)
Do. Time lith (tiuusiskihhissg) Dragoons, (Out a/prInt). I d. (12.)
• Do. RevIsedEditIons. lit. (Id.) each
Alexandra,l’rincess of Wales’s Own TheLancashire Fmms(hiere.
(Yorkshire lhegtmmmesmt), The LoioestershlreIteginsemit.
TheDeuifordshlreRegiment. TheLoyal North Lmttioaahire itegi.
The BlackWntch(Royal Uighliuidem-s). memut.
The Cameronlans (Scottish htiIies~. TheNorthmamptonsluire Ilegimetit..
The Cheehire Iteglsnent. • The Ox(ecrdeltire mitsui Jiuckimmgimamn-
Time Dmshe of Cornwall’s Light In. shire Light lmmfantry.
fauutry. • The l’nlnce of Wales’s Leinater
The Duke of Wehhington’e West Regiment (litsyal Canadians).
Riding hleglmeumt. • The l’nhmuce ~f Wales’s Own (West
• • Time Dunhisum Light Infantry. YorkshIre Regiment).
• TheEast Lmumscitsnirs Jieglmemut. - Time Prince of Wales’s Volunteers
~:~ • (South Lsncae)mlre Regiment).
This hIghland Light Infantry. The Princess Charlotte of Wales
The Kisig’s Owts (hloyal Lancaster • (The Royal Derksiiirellegiment).
Reghuneist). • The Princess Louise’s Argyll mind
• TheKing’s Own ScottishIlordorers. Sutherland Jliglshacsders.
• • • (13) • • • -
MILITAE I’ BOOKS, published by Amufhomiiy— corstlssimeui.
- • (As to, prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Histories, Short, of the Territorial Regiments of the British
Army— ceestmnuuecl.
• The Queen’s (Royal West Surrey The SoutiuStaftcurdshuireReghsneut.
• Reglmnemst). - ‘l’ise Smiffolk ltegisssemmt.
The Royal Iumniskiihhng Tuslhiers. The Welsh lleglnient.
• The Royal SussexRegiment.. - The Worcesterstulre Regiment.
The Royal Welsh FusiHers.
‘Horse. Field; Pack, Medium, and Heavy Artillery. Instm~uctions
for Practice(including MovableArmxmammiesmt). 1”etu. 1921. 3d. (3d.)
Horses. Army, Eotes on tIme FeedIng, Management, arid Issue of. March
1918. lit. (12,) See also A~iamii.MAusAoueecmNwr.
Hospitals. Military Families’. Nuurshtsg Staff ilegulatlosus. Dec. 1009. Id.
(Id.) See also NURSING Ss!.suvccn acid TitmuntrosumALFoiucie.
Hostili~iee without Declaration of War from 1700 to 1870. 2*.
(Is.7d,) -
Hygiene. Elementary Military. Manual of. 1012. Sd. (82.)
Hygiene. Manual of Military. (Reprinted 1021.) 1~. (lo.)
• • S e e als o l’flySIeThoor amid ScurooLo.
Indian Empire. The. A Short Review and some hints for the use of
Soldiers proeeeulhtsg toindla. Gd. (lid.)
Infantry Trainthg. (4-Company Organization.) 1914, (Repthm(eet 1016 .)
• • • Do. Anienulmemsts, July, Aug. 1016 ; Dec. 1918. Each ld.
• (12.) - -
Injuries and Diseases of War. Manumit Iseised osi expeni~nceof the
• preiemut(2auuipalgn Iii Framice. Jan. 1918. 02. (Sit.)
Xnstitutes.. Garrison and Regimental. Rules for time Managementof.
1018. lii. (lit.)
Italtall Ca’~alryTraining Regulations. 1911. Traimsing fos’ Marches,
•TactIcs of Slimmer UnIts, amuui Tratmubrug of I’e.trols. • Trsusmelated. 42. (Out.)
Jamaica. Standing Orders. 11112. 1:. (lId.)
Jersey. Royal Militia of the Island of. RegulatIons. 1914. With
the Jersey MilItia Law, 1905. Is. 3d. (lId.)
King’s Regulations and. Orders for the Army. 1012. (Reprinted
with Amenutnuent, pumimlisised its Army Orders Isp to Aug. 1,1914). (Reprmatee~
• 1918.) is. Gd. (he. Id.); Amendments pubilsimed imu Army Orders between
Sept. 1, 1914 said Aimg. 1, 1916 . Imi. (lii.); Amendments puhllilmeml in
Army Orders between Sept. 1, 111113 and Starch 1, 1918. let. (1d.)~Ditto,
March 1920, Out. (3d.); I)Itto, April 1920; id. (let.) ; Ditto, May 1920.
lit. (lef.); Ditto, lan. 11521. 12. (lit.)
Kit Plates t— -
• Artillery. Royal:—
8, Garrison. Kitlaid o*st.forlnspeetion. 1909. 22. (Id.)
10. Do, h{ItIn ilaszaoic ltoomn. 1909, Id. (RI.)
Cavalry. 1891. 12. (Id.)
(14)
• ‘ JKILITAlii’ BOOA’.S~ pmthlished by AmufhoH4’— centlnued.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Kit Platoi— commtiusueut,
Engineers. Royal
- 1. Dismoussted. Detail of Shelf amsd lleulcling, wIth Marciilng Order
ready to pmut on. DetaIl of Siseif said BeddIng, with Drill Order
- ready to pmut on. 1914. let. (lit.)
2. Dismounted, Fish Kit laid out for Inspection in Parrack Room.
11114. Id. (12.)
4. Mouimsted N.C.O. or Driver amid Field Troop Sapper. Full lilt isid
ciii for In,pectlon in Barrack Iloom. 1910. Id. (12.)
5. Mounted. Detail p8 Shelf tumid 13euiuiln~, 1910. hit. (lit,) -
6 . DrIver, with pair of horses, Field kIt laId out for Inspection on
Parade, imuoluding Articles carrIed in Vmilise on lJaggmsge Wagon.
1800. Id. (12.) -
Infantry. illgimlumnd. 1884. let. (lit.)
Medical Corps. Royal Army. KIt iii Barrack Roomn, 1012. 22. (22.)
Ordnance Corps. Army. For Guidamsee at Mmuu’eluhmmg Order and Kit
Inspections, lit, (22.)
Large Formations, Time Operathotus of, (Comidmulte des Grandes ~nut2e.)
Trasssiated (torn this Piehd Service RegulatIons of the French Army, dated
Oct. 28, 1918. 6 2. -(52,)
Law, Military. Mamumulof. 19i4. (Reprinted 1917.) Os.Gd. (Is. 102.)
Do. Amemudnieuuts, Slay 1910. Id. (12,) • -
Machine-Gun Company Training:— -
Infantry. 1917. l’novielouumti, To be i-cad 1mm coumjunotion wltlm Infantry
Traisultug and Mssshcetry Regulations. Get. (Cd.)
Machine Guns and Small Arms, ‘3013-inch, Nomenolatus’eci Parts,
Strlppimug, Assembling, Aethoss, lame, Tilismihires, Failures, and Inspection of.
i(evl,eul I(miitlon, 11)17. 11(1. (GuI.)
Magazines and Care of War Materiel, ileguulations for, 1913.
(ltepm-inted with Amnendinents published in Army Orders up to Msmrclm 31,
1911). Is. lid. (ls. lit.) —
Malaria. Observations on by Medical Officers of the Armyand
Others. (WiIJul’lumtesaizd Thapm’aiuus.) 1920. 1 3 5 . (4s, sit.)
Mapping from Air Photographs. 4s. (2:. 112,) • • -
Map Reading and Field Sketching. Mammual. ‘1912. (Reprinted,
with Additions, 1914). is, (lId.) See also I’noTiuAcTOn.
Medical Corps. Royal Arn~y. See als o Tcmumurroiuxst Fonce. s.-. -
Admission to. Itegulatioirs for. Jan. 1921. le t, (lit.)
Standing Orders. 11114. 1*. (hod . ) • • - .
Do. Supplement. 1920. 2d. ‘(Id.) • -
Do. • Aumeenmlment. July, 1910. lit. (lit.)
T raining, lOll, Oct. (92.) . • -
Medical Department. Army. I ndex to Appendices of Reports from
1850 to 1890. 3d. (3d,)
Medical Diseases in the Tropical amid Sub.Tropieal War Areas. SeeDISEASES.
Medical Service. Army
Regulations. 1900. (Reprinted, with Amendments up to Sept. 30,1914).
• - Do, • Amesmdment, Dcc. 1916 . RevIsed AppendIxNo. 51. Scale
• - • of Iii edical amid SurgIcal liqulpnmemut for Unite in the
FIeld. lit. (Id.) -
• -- • • (18)
MILITARY ROOKS, published by Aulimority— contimuued.
• (As to pricea in braoketh, see top of page 2.) • -
Medical Service. Strategical and Tactical Employment of the
as carried oust in an Army Corps ‘ with a series of 1’roblem~. Transhat~~
fromthe Austrian, 45 . Gui, (3s. 41.)
Medical Services. Army. Advisory Board for. Time Treatment of
Venereal Disease and Soabies. FirstReport. 1904. is. Get. (ls.Od.)’
Second Report. 11105. 2:, (1:. Sd.) ; Third Report. 1905. is. (hod.) ; Final
Report. 1906 (omit of print).
Medical Services of Foreign Armies. Handbook of. Part I. Fiurecg.
Gd. (Sit.); Part II. UmeitMArir. Oct. (Set.); Part III. AmrsTsuts.Ittmnoenr,
Sit, (Gd.)~l’artIV. limjssms.. Gd. (Sit.) Part V. IrAL~. 3d. (Set.); Part V I .
Tua NETIIIeIuLANPS AND BeLOmUM. 1911. Sd, (Sd,)
• Mekometer Handbook. 1911. Gd. (Sit.)
• • Mesopotamia. Inupreoslons of. By SIr J. Hewett, G.C.S.!., Ii.C.13, 1920.
lId. (lid.)
• Do. • lteportoms. 1lySlrJ. Hewett, U.C.S.I.,K.C.1l. (IV(15 Map.)
1919. Is. Gd. (ls. 3d.)
Military and other Terms. See Scitootes. -
Military Lands Acts, 1892 to 1903. Dyeiaws. See AItTILLEEY AND ILIFLS
llAmas Ad-, key,
Mine Rescue ‘Work on the Western Front. is. (3:. 72.)
Mounted T~oop~ (Divisional)Training. Jumsme 1915. Provisional, lit. (12.)
Musketry Regulations:—
l’surt 1. 1909.- (lleps-inted, with Amemsitniemite, 1914), 82. (72.)
Do. Ainelidmeimts, Nov. 1915, Id. (lit.)
Do. Amendments, Sully 1916 )Suuileld 1914 Pattern Rifle, lii. (12.)
• Do. Addendum, July 1016 . Handbook of the lintl~hui 1914 Pattern
• ‘lOl.Inch Magazine lUlls, lit. - (lit.)
Do. Addendunu No. 2, Dec. 1916 . Hotchkhss Gun and Lewis Gun
Courses, lit. (lit.) ,, -
• Do. Aeldeumdumn No. 5, llayommetTraining. - - (bs thepress)
ho. Addonsiumnu No. 6 , Feb. 1920. LIght Guns (LewIs tune) Ilotchklss
- • Guns) and TableL (Provielosmal), 1920. lit. (22.)
Do. Do. AppendixA. jut. (lit.)
Do. Amidendusm No. 7, April 1920. Musketry Courses (Provisional),
1920. Tables A, Bamid C; Amne~dmentsto Chap. VI. Id. (2d.)
Do, nnml Vickers’ Macisimue-Gusu Ifamluitcook. Amnemiclrnemsto, Jusime 1918,
• Range Tables toe Vlckers’ Guns Ior Mark VII. AmmunItIon.
Id, (Id.)
Perle U. iiiile Ranges amid Musketry Appliances. 1910,’ (Iteprinted, with
Amenmimnemuts to Oct. 31, 1914). ,4d, (dci.)
• Do, Addendum No.3, Dec. letS. Instruictlonal Course foeWebley PiBtol.
• WIth Appemumllx— Notes 0mm l’Jstol Shooting. 2u1. (lit.)
Do. • Addesudutsu No.4, AprIl 1~I7. Aumnutal Oesueral Musketry Course,
• • anuSMusketry Course forTiansportWorkers’Battahlona. id. (lit,)
See also St,~cstrumaQua Coati’Auiv Tmui~z~~.
Night Operations. illementutry Tralnimsg in. 1911. Id. (Id.)
Number of-Troops to the Yard In the PrincIpal Battles utica 1850.
• • -• Memo. osm. %Viti~opinions of Modern Authorities on limits of extension at
the present dog. 1884, Slut. (72.) -
(16 )
- °~~- [Crown copyright reserved.
7180
[Issued with .~4rmyOrdersfor September, 1920.
GUN DRI LL
you
18-POUNDE R Q.F. GUN, MARKS
I to I I .
CARRI AGE S , MARKS 1* to I I .
(With Supplement for Mark I Carriage.)
S
Issued by the General Staff.
SEPTEMBER, 192O~
LONDON m
PUI 5L15UE D at ma MAJE S T Y’S S T AT 1ONE I 5T OV FI CE .
‘I ’, , bspurchased through any iiooimseller or directly trout,
N.M. S T s11oNL~1tY (ck4’lCI~em iic~!silowiscg ,ccedrec.utc.m
LWPE I S iAL ifoOsut, E ueeswAT , LoNDON. W.C. 2, and ses, Asu,comdoa STEESST LOrmimoS, 5, W. %
37,7Cr55 S T RCS T , MANOms iOet5ei; 1S T , AND3E W’l GEZSmJXi’, liAlmDm7I’
28, m’ostss STmuZRT. EDiNm,VausU
S r fssm L FONS ON1I Y, LT D., U5, UiuAFToms aTesrr, LHlst.c.
1921,
Price 8d. net.
GnmfnAt, INSTIIUCTIONS
Chapter
I.—
5
Goneral Duties
11.— Gun Drill
111.— Laying and Ftuze Setting Tests
IV.— Sight Tests ...
V.— Care of Equipment
Ai’~ximix— Carriageof Stores
SUPi’LIIMNNT - .., ,,.
I - ~
-- —-
CONTENTS.’~
PAGE
3;
4:
16
40
46
50
6 1
6 9
lO.20~(is 15407) Wt.916 9-.— 808 8000 7/21 lI&8 Ltd. (~DI ~
9
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS.
Practical instruction in the equipment should be given to
each recruit before any attempt is made o instruct him in
gun drill. This instruction should take tIme form of demon.
strationa dealing with the work of eacb number in the
detachment; and all men under instruction should, In turn,
carry out the work of each particular number.
Instruction in gun drill should be given as soon an they are
conversant with all parts of the equipment, and can handle
in the best and quickestmanner each of the working parts of
the gun. Oncethe workof each number baa been thoroughly
mastered, it should not take long for the recruit to learn the
actual drill.
It is most important that a marked distinction should be
drawn between instruction and drill.
During the former the language used should be as simple
as possible, and the meaning of all technical terms which are
necessary must be carefully explained. A conversational
tone should be adoptedand underno circumstances whatever
should anything in the nature of long quotations from drill
books be allowed. The men should be permitted to assume
an easy attitude and their interest should not be allowed
to flag. They should be encouraged to ask questions.
At drill, on tho contrary, rigid discipline must be main-
tained, orders m,ust be clear and decisive, and the detachments
made to work steadily, smartly, and rapidly. At the same
time the utmost accuracy is essential and any deviations
fromthe methods laid dowu mustaim oncebe ohecked.
4
CHAPTER 1.— GENERAL DUTiES.
This chapter summarizes the duties of each individual
number in the detachment. It is only intended as a guide
for the instructor, ‘who should use his own words in explaining
time various duties to the men.
The detachment is composed of six working numbers,
three reserve numbers, and a coveter. Time service of the
gun is divided between tIme working numbers as follows
1 ... ... ... .., In command,
2 ... ... .,. ... The breech.
2 and 3 ... ... ... The sights.
4 ... ... ... ... The loading.
5 and 6 ,,. ... .,. The ammunition.
Time duties of each individual nuitsber are as follows:—
No.1.
1. He COMMANDS and is responsible for the entire service
of his gun.
2. He gives the WORDS OF COMMANDdetailed for bini
in Chapter II, and repeats all ORDERS affecting his detach-
ment which havo not been heard by the numbers concerned,
His ordersmust be given clearly but no louder than is necessary
to enable his detachment to hear.
He assists in passing orders down the battery when neces-
sary. -
He acknowledges orders by saluting. He must salute
correctly, and face so that his salute can be clearly seen.
3. He is responsible :— —
(i) That the BUFFER is properly filled.
(ii) That the RECUPERATORis correctly charged with
liquid and air.
(iii) That the GLANDS, PISTON RODREGULATING
GEAR, and SECURING NUTSare correct.
(iv) That tIme PROTRUSION of the STRIKER is
correct.
(v) That the SIGHTS are tested. This is done under
the supervision of the section commander.
(vi) That the MUZZLE VELOCITY of the gun is
correctly seton the elevation and fuze indicators.
To ascertain if the BUFFER is properly FILLED, the gun
is elevated to 10 degrees, plug N removed and oil should
appear.
To ascertain if the RECUPERATOR is CORRECTLY
CHARGED, screwin the adapter at L, cuter end blanked.
Screwthe gauge into the adapter. Open valve M and the
gauge should register 700 lbs. per sq. in.
4. He selects the GUN PLATFORM, which should be on
firm and level ground. If this cannot be found and time
permits, the higher wheel is dug in. Failing this, he orders
3 to adjust the traversing gear so that the breech is about
two degrees towards the higher wheel.
5. On coming into action he mans the RIGHT GUN
WHEEL. When manning wheels, the spokes should be
grasped as near thefelloes as possible.
6 . As noon as the gun is in action, he ascertains the lowest
elevation at which the trajectory will CLEAR TUE CREST,
He reports this elevation to the section commander.
(n 154.97) A 2
0
7. He orders the deflection to correct for difference in
LEVEL OF WhEELS. The difference in level of wheels in
degrees, multiplied by the elevation in degrees gives tho
deflection in minutes required towards the higherwheel. He
must not alter this deflection after his gun has once opened
fire on this line.
When a switch is made to a target at a different range,
or when giving parallel lines fromanamed gun, be must bear
in mind the amount of deflection already on the sight for
difference in level of wheels when making thenewcalculation.
8. Ho selects the auxiliary aiming point and records on
the trail the ZERO LINE angles from the auxiliary aiming
point and battery picket.
9. Before the gun is laid on a NEW TARGEThe gauges
the line of fire and throws the gun into the line. He will
not touchthe traversing lever after the gun has been laid,
In traversing the gun by means of the trail, the width of
the spade corresponds to 12 degrees of traverse.
10. (1) He applies the POSITION CORRECTION, except
when laying by field clinometer, and passes
corrected elevations to 2. Position corrections,
if required, are ordered in the form “No
always add (or drop) yards.”
(ii) When laying by field clinometer, ho applies the
INDEX CORREOTION, if any, of his clinometer
and passes correctedelevations to 2.
11. When an angle of sight is ordered, ho examines the
setting of the SIGHT CLINOMETER. Ho occasionally
examines the settings of the ELEVATION and FLJZE
iNDICATORS.
7
12. Ho supervises the preparation and supply of AMM[JNI-
TION. As time fuzes deteriorate rapidly if unprotected
from damp, only such as are required for immediate use will
be uncovered. When one group of ammunition is nearly
expended, ho reports particulars of the nextgroup to be used.
13. Ho gives the order to FIRE. The gun will on no
account be fired without his order. Before giving this order
he sees that the gun is in all respects ready.
14. He is responsible thatthe INTERVALbetween rounds
is properly kept as regards his own gun. When asalvo or
quick rate of battery fire (less than 5 seconds interval) is
ordered, he extends his right arm above his head as soon
as his gun is ready to fire.
15. If tho firing lever on the earriago has been damaged
he fires the gun by means of tho LANYARD.
16 . He watches the length of RECOIL. When the black
band on the recoil indicator appears, the buffer should be
replenished. When the red band appears, it is dangerous
to eontinuo firing.
17. If the rua.out during the last few inches is either
sluggish or violent he adjusts the VALVE ADJUSTING
RUN-OUT.
18. Ho watches the action of the SPADE on recoil and
adjusts its support if necessary.
19. When RAPID or PROLONGEDFIRING takes place,
ho takes every opportunity of attendiuug to his equipment.
If the gun is hot, the bore should be cooled with water when
“Stand easy” is ordered.
No. 2.
1. Ho LIMBERS UP and UNLIMBERS in conjunction
with 3 and attends the LOWERSHIELD, BRAKE, CLAMP-
8
ING GEARS, ELEVATION INDIcATOR, BREECH
MECHANISM andbreech and muzzle COVERS.
2. He attends to the BRAKE. Before applyingthe brake
he sees that the quick release lever is housed. When in
action or on the road, he must be careful not to apply the
brako too hard.
3. In action he mans the right GUNWHEEL, if ordered.
4. He assists 3 to lay by looking alongthe FINDERof the
DIAL SIGhTwhen the aiming point Is to the left or to the
rear.
5. Before the elevation indicator can be set, the gun must
be depressed by the leftelevating handwhecl. Should the
CRADLE CLAMPINGGEARJAM, insertaspannerNo, 123
in the lower elevating bandwhcel and gently lever it until
the clamping gear is free.
6 . He sets the ELEVATION INDICATORto the elevation
ordered by 1, closes the breech, removes his right hand
fromthewheel, and reports “Set” loud enough for I and 3 to
hear.
7. When laying by FIELD CLINOMETER ho sets it at
theelevation ordered by 1, and lays the gun for elevation by
bringing the bubble to the centreof its run. He sees thatthe
elinometer plane and the base of the clinometer are free from
grit or dirt, and that the clinometer is placed in exactly the
same position on the plane at each lay.
8. TOOPEN THE BREECIL— Ho takes hold of the lever
with the left hand (pressing the spring with his fingers) and
draws it smartly towards him. When the gun is fired he
extends his leftarmreadyto grasptheleverbreech mechanism
as time gun is running out. As soon as the breech is opened
nnd the cartridge extracted ho eases up the extractor so that
the next round can slide home into the chamber.
9
TO CLOSE THE BREECII.— He swings the breech screw
smartly round into its position in the gun. lie must on no
accountuse the breechscrewas ahammer to drivo the cart-
ridgo home.
9. A dented cartridgo case or burred driving band may
cause difficulty in closing the breech. If 2 can neither close
the breech nor remove the round by means of the extractor,
ho unscrews theprimer with theKEY REMOVINGJAMMED
CARTRIDGES. He then screws the plug end of the key into
the primer hole and uses it to withdrawthecartridge. If the
cartridgeis tightly jammed, it may be lunuled out by means of
alanyard attached to the eye of time key.
10. lie oils and cleans the BREECH MEChANISM when
necessary during firing.
11. At cease firing the gun is fully depressed by the right
handelevatingwheel and fully elevated by the lefthandeleva-
• ting whoel. The lover of tho TOP CARRIAGE CLAMPING
GEAR is pulled to the rear and the pin inserted in the arc.
The CRADLE CLAMPING GEAR is engaged by pulling the
lever to the rear.
12. When ordered to travel with a round in the bore, ho
turns the safety catchto SAFE.
No. 3
1. He LIMBERS UP and UNLIMBERS with 2, and
attends to tho upper shield. He LAYS and FIRES the gun.
ITo directs 4 when planting AIMING POSTS. lie assists I
to test the SIGhTS.
2. (i) lIe always LAYS for LINE. He sets on the dial
sight tho aiming point angle and all dellections
ordered, lie lays on the left edge of tho aiming
point unless otherwise ordered.
10
(ii) With 2 lie LAYS for ELEVATION, except at
indirect laying with field clinometer. He sets
the angle of sight on the sight clinonieter, and
lays by bringing the bubble to the centre of
its run.
(iii) At DIRECT LAYING he lays for line over the
open sights, and, with 2 for elevation. At the
fIrst opportunity he levels the sight chinometer
by means of the micrometer head.
3. (1) When setting the dial sight by meansof the QUICK
RELEASE, ho moves the micrometer bead
through one complete turn to ensure that the
teeth have re-engaged correctly.
(ii) When SETTING a right deflection on the dial
sight, he turns the right micrometer head away
from him with his right hand; when setting aleft
deflection he turns theleftmicrometer headtoward
himself with his lefthand.
(iii) When READING a left angle on the dial plate he
reads the minutes off the left micrometer scale;
when reading a right angle he reads the minutes
off the right micremeter scale.
(iv) When SETTING the SIGHT CLINOMETER ho
turns the top of the micrometer head to the left
last to take up backlash.
(v) When LAYING for ELEVATION ho depresses last
(top of the handwheel to the front) with at least
onecomplete turn of the hanthvheel.
(vi) The normal positions of his HANDSare as follows:
Right hand on the traversing handwhcel. Left
hand en the elevating hnndwheel.
11
4. For the first round the pointer of the TRAVERSING
GEAR must be within 30 minutes of zero when the lay is
completed, except when engaging G.F. or similar targets.
Alter the spade is embedded, the trail will not be moved
so long as the line is within the scope of the traversing
gear.
If the trail has to be moved in action, ho takes off the
brake by means of the quick release lever and puts it on
again by the same means when the gun is in the correct
position.
5. CROSSHEADS are fitted to aiming posts to com-
pensate for lateral movement of the sight. Both croasheads
have similar markings and numbers. lie notes which cor-
responding pair of markings are in line and uses them to
lay on. He directs 4 to clamp crossheads lowdown, so that
the bottom of the far one is just visible over the top of the.
near one.
6. He FIRES the gun. As soon as the gun is laid he
removes his left hand from the elevating handwheel, places
his right hand on the firing lever and reports “Ready.” At
the order “Fire” he pulls the lever smartly, releases it at
once and replaces his hands in their normal positions. The
gun will on no accountbe fired without theorderfromI.
7. Thefollowing are the signals used by 3 :—
SIGNAL. MEANING.
(i) When directing I to move the trail :—
Palm of the hand in the Trail right (or left).
required direction.
Fist clenched ... ... Stoptraversing.
12
SIGNAI~ • MEANING~
(ii) When directing 4 to plant aiming posts
Right arm extended to the Move in the direo
right, or left arm ox- tion indicated.
tended to the heft,
Arm dropped ... ... Halt.
Both arms dropped sharply Plant.
from above the head.
Upward or downward me- Raise or lower the
tion of thearms with both crosslicad.
arms extended laterally.
Both arms extended above Move head of post in
the head and moved the direction mdi-
laterally in the required cated.
direction.
Both arms extendedsharply Pick up.
upwards.
Both arms extended to the Move to plant the Iat
front. ahning.
Body turned aboutandboth Come in.
arms extended to the rear.
No. 4.
1. He LOADS, plants AIMING POSTS, mans the LEFT
GUNWHEEL and attends to the WAGON BRAKE on the
march and when unhooking.
• 2. On coming into action he prepares AIMING POSTS with
orossheads clamped and sticks them in the ground about
5 yards in rear of the gun.
13
3. He LOADS. Placing the head of the shell in the bore,
being careful not to strike the breech; he supports the round
on the back of the left forearm and pushes it home with the
palm of the right hand, fingers uppermost, raising his right
hand smartly so that his palm strikes against the upper part
of the breech, thus keeping his fingers clear of the breech
screw.
He obtains another round from 5 and holds it ready to
~1oad.
T Ifa change of ammunition or fuze setting is ordered, he lays
his round down and obtains another round from5. He should
:bo prepared to re.set the fuze of the former round if necessary.
C)
Nos.5and6 .
~ 1. They HOOK IN and UNHOOK the wagon team.
They prepare and supply AMMUNITION. 6 attends to the
WAGON BRAKE in action and works the FUZE INDI-
~JATOR.
2. (i) To UNhOOK the wagon team, 5 detaches the off
and 6 the near wheel traces from the swingletrees,
the inner traces first. 6 orders “Drive on” and
steadies the pole; 5 guides the bar supporting
off the pole; 6 lowers the pole.
(ii) To HOOK IN, 6 holds up the pole near the foot
board on the near side and 5 guides the ring of
the bar supporting on to the pole. They then
attach the wheel traces to the swingletrees, attadh-
ing the outer traces first so as to keep the horses
in position while, they are handling the inner
traces.
(n 15407) A3
3. They see that ammunition :— -
• (i) has the PRIMERS tightly screwed home.
(ii) is scrupulously CLEAN, especiallythe driving bands.
(iii) is SORTED into groups by nature, weight, Iuze and
- • setting correction.
(iv) is PROTECTED from extremes of temperature and
from damp. -
(v) is ISSUED from the group ordered.
4. When preparing H.E. with No. 100 FUZE they remove
the cartridge clips.- No safety cap is to be removed from a
No. 100 fuze, or the wire or seal broken until the round is
aboutto be loaded. On removing the cap they examine each
fuzo to see that the tape is- correctly wound and that the ends
of the shearing wire are visible. If a No. 106 fuze has become
uncapped or the wire and seal is found to be broken, the
fuze is to ‘be regarded aa dangerous and treated accordingly.
A No. 100 fuze with wire or seal broken is on no account to
be replaced in a limber or wagon.
5. When preparingSHRAPNELthey remove the cartridge
clips and fuze covers. 6 follows up all orders for corrector
and elevation on ‘the FUZE INDICATOR, and calls out the
fuze setting loud enough for his section commander to hear.
He always uses the reader for following up the elevation,
and calls out tho highest’fuze setting visible to the left of
the edge of the reader.
• 5 sets fuzes with a fuze key to the settings called by 6 .
Ho follows up the settings as they arc called, so that he has
always a round ready to be fired. 6 assists 5 when he is not
using the fuze indicator. They re.sct each fuze accurately
atsafety before replacing the round in the wagon.
15
6 . 5 SUPPLIES ammunition to 4, handing him the round
with the fuze leading.
7. In action, except when using No. 106 fuze, they always
havesix ROUNDS READYfor loading. If firingis likely to
be continuous this number should be increased. Extrarounds
may be withdrawn from thewagon and placed on the ground.
If the ground is wetor muddy, ammunition should be placed
on asheet.
8. When one group of ammunition is nearly expended, 6
REPORTS to 1. the particulars of the next group.
Nos. 7, 8 and 9.
I. IN ACTION they remain atthe wagon line.
2. They assist in the SUPPLY of AMMUNITIONand are
available to replace CASUALTIES.
THE COVERER.
L He is SECOND IN COMMAND of the sub.section and
is in charge of the firing battery wagon. -
2. IN ACTION he remains at the wagon line in charge
of the teams and wagons of his sub-section. •
(n 154U7) • A 4
16
CHAPTER II.— QUN DRILL.
Artillery Training lays down the principles of battery
tactics, which vary little with different equipments. This
chapter details the orders given and the procedure by which
these orders are carried out in batteries armed with the
18-pr. Q.F. gun, Marks I— Il.
The wording must be memorised and strictly adhered to,
with the exception of sections 34, 35, 36 and 37.
The executive order is shown throughout as being given
by thesection commander, as will normally be thecase during
training. When orders can be heard throughout the battery
they will be acted upon withoutrepetition. Instructors will
invariably employ the orders detailed for the section com-
mander, even when drilling a singledetachment.
1. POS I T I ONS AT DE T ACHME NT BE AR.
Thedetachment falls in two deep, one pace between ranks,
I on the right of the front rank. i is not covered.
When thegun is limbered up, thefrontrank is three paces
in rear of the muzzle, 1. covering theoff gun wheel.
When the gun is in action, the front rank is one pace in
rear of thetrail eye, 1. covering theright gun wheel.
2. T O T E LL OFF.
Section commander.
“...8eCliOfl’—Tell off.”
i numbers himself I, theright-hand man of therearrank 2,
his front rank man 3 and so on.
17
3. T O CHANGE ROUND.
Section commander.
“...8eaion—C1wfl~
7
eround.”
I takes apace to the rear with his right foot, and apace
to the left with his left foot. The left-hand man of the rear
rank takes a pace to time front. At the same time the
remainder of the front rank takes a pace to the right amid
the rear rank a pace to the left.
(Thedetachment is then again told off.)
4. POS I T I ONS WHEN MOUNT E D.
I and the coverer on their horses on the leftof the leaders
of the gun and firing battery wagon, respectively; 2 and 3
on the gun limber; 5 and 6 on the wagon limber; 4 on the
wagon of the firing battery; 7 and 8 on the limber; 9 on
the wagon of the first line; even numbers on the near side,
odd numbers on the off.
5 T O MOUNT .
Section commander. -
“...8ection~—De,tae1iment8, prepare to nzount—Afaunt.”
The men double to their places at the carriages, 2, 6, 8,
and 9 lay hold of the guard iron with the left hand, placing
the right foot on the trail or perch; 3, 4, 5 and 7 lay hold of
the guard iron with their right hand, placing theleft foot on
thetrail or perch.
At the order “Mount” the whole spring into their places.
The men on the limbers turn round to the front, lifting their
feet close together, and throwing them over the guard irons.
18
They sit upright, holding the handstraps with tub inner and
the guard iron with the outer hand. This is the position of
attention.
When travelling over rough ground they should raise
themselves to avoid being jolted.
6. T O S I T AT E AS E . -
Section commander.
“...secUon—Sit at e as e . ”
The men on the carriages place the outer upon the inner
band and sit well back.
7. T O DI S MOUNT . -
Section commander. -
“...Section,—Detac1~ments,prepare to dismouni—Disinount.”
The men on the limbers turn to the rear, throwing their
legs over the guard irons; 4 and 9 stand up.
At the order “Dismount” the whole jump clear of the
carriages and form detachment rear.
8. T O MOV E THE GUN WI T H DRAG ROPE S
WHEN kaMBEBEDUP.
Section commander. -
.section—With dragropes, prepare to advance.”
2 and 3 hook the dragropes to the drag washers on their
own sides, the backs of the hooks downwards; the two
highest numbers go to the pole and the remainder man the
ropes, evennumbers on the near side, odd numbers on the off.
19
At the order “Walk march” the carriageis moved to the
front.
At theorder “Halt” thecarriageis halted and thedetach-
ment remain at their posts.
At the order “Detachments rear” 2 ~nd 3 replace the
~1ragropes on the shield; the detachment double to their
~laces and halt.
, 9. T O MOV E T HE GUN WI T HOUT DRAGROPE S
WHE N LI MBE RE D UP.
~,;Soctioncommander.
~~‘~..section—Wit1mout dragropes prepare to advance.”
cY 2 and 3 push in rear of the shield; 4 and 5 man tho gun
~ wheels; the two highest numbers go to the pole; the
~ remainder assist: even numbers on the near side, odd
1 numbers on the off.
~ At the order “Walk march” the carriageis moved to the
~ front.
At the order “Halt” the carriageis haltedand thedetach.
mciii remain at their posts.
At the order “Detachment rear “the detachment double
to their places and halt.
10. T O PRE PARE FOR ACT I ON.
Preparation for action will be carried out before leaving
the gun park or moving into action. When in action,
advantage should be taken of any interval’to examine
and test equipment.
Section commander.
“...section.—Prepare for action.”
20
The detachment, if mounted, dismount.
I sees that the bore is clear, and satisfies himself that the
detachment and equipment are in all respects ready for
action. -
2 removes the breech and muzzle covers and straps them
to theshield. He examines the breech mechanism, extractor,
elevating gear and elevation indicator, clamping gears, shield
and brake. He replaces the breech and muzzle covers if
ordered. -
3 examines the sights, elevating, traversing and firinggears,
.shield and brake.
4 examines the gun limber boxandsupplies himself with a
fuze key from the carriage.
5 examines the wagon limber and6 the wagon body.
‘7 and S examine the limber of the first line wagon and
9 the wagon body.
The numbers who examine the limbers and wagons
uncover time fuzcs as ordered, seeing that they are set at
safety.
As soon as he has completed his duties, each man reports
to I and resumes his place. I then reports to his section
commander “No.. .ready for action” or otherwise.
11. T O COME I NT O ACT I ON.
Action !rout.
Section commander.
“...section-.--Actionfront.”
1 places himself, dismounted, so that he can see when his
gun is in the required position. He then orders “Halt—
Action front,”
- 21
The detachment dismount. I goes to the near and 4
to the oil gunwheel; 2 and 3 go to thetrail; 3 releases the
limber hook catch andwith 2lifts the trail clear of the hook.
3 orders “Limber drive on.” The limber advances one yard,
wheels right-about at a trot, and proceeds to the wagon line
under the direction of the battery serjeamit-major.
3 moves round the trail eye and with 2 carries the trail
round through half a circle to theright and lowers it to the
ground; 1. and 4 man the wheels. On a side slope the trail
is carried round downhill.
When coming into action in time open.
The wagon drives up and halts on the left of the gun as
soon as the trail is lowered to the ground. The axle of the
wagon body should be oneyard iii rear andsixinches clear of
the left gunwheel.
When coining into action under cover.
The wagon halts about20 yards in rear of thegun until the
gun is roughlyin theline of fire. I orders “Advance,” and the
wagon drives up as above.
4 puts on the brake; 5 and 6 unhook; 6 orders “Di-ive
on.” The team advances 1 yard, wheels left.about at atrot
and proceeds to the wagon line under the direction of the
battery serjeant-major.
If the order “Wagons right” is given, the wagon drives
up on the right of the gun, instead of the left, and the gun
andwagon teamswheel to theleftandright-aboutrespectively
when ordered to “Drive on.” ‘
I throws backthe traversinglever
2 lowers the shield, releases the clamping gears, hands the
dial sight to 3, and opens the breech.
22
- 3 raises the shield, fixes the sight clinometer and dial sight.
4 prepares the aiming posts.
5 prepares ammunition.
6 fixes the fuze indicator on the wagon shield and assists 5.
The numbers take up their positions in action.
Action right, Action left, Action rear.
At “Action right” the trail is carried round through a•
quarter of acircle to the left.
At “Action left” the trail is carried round through a
quarter of circle to the right.
At “Action rear” the trail is immediately lowered to the
ground.
Noni.— On dismounted parades, 6 , 7, 8 and 9 man the gun
limber; 6 and 7 in rear, 8 and 9 at the pole.~
12. POS I T I ONS I N ACT I ON.
I kneels on the right side of the trail just in front of the
trail handle. -
2 sits astride the seat on the rightside.
3 sits on thescat on the leftside.
4 kneels behind 3.
5kneels in rear of the wagon on the side nearer the gun.
6 li.neels in rear of the wagon on the side further from the
gun.
7, 8 and 9 remain with the first line wagons. At drill.
when no first line wagons are present they take post 6 yards
in rear of the gun.
23
13. T O FORM DE T ACHME NT REAR I N ACT I ON.
Section commander.
.section—Detachments rear.”
I doubles to his place (1 yard in rear of the trail eye and
covering the right gunwheel) and gives the order “No.
double march.” At the order from 1. the remainder double
to their places and halt.
14. TO T AKE POS T PROM DE T ACHME NT RE AR.
Section commander.
.section—Talce post.”
The detachment double to their places by the shortest way
andhalt.
15. T O OBT AI N T HE LI NE OF FI RE .
The line of fire is obtained by one of the methods described
in Artillery Training.
10. TO LAY T HE GUN I N THE LI NE OP FI RE .
Section commander.
...section—Aimingpoint degs. mins. right (orleft).
I gauges the line and throws the gun into the required
direction.
3sets the sight clinorneter at zero and brings the bubble to
the centre of its run by the elevating handwhecl. lie sot~
the dial sight at the angle ordered, and lays for line.
2 puts on the brake..
24
As soon as time permits 3 reports to 1 the readings of the
dial sightfrom the battery picketand auxiliary aiming point;
I records them on the trail.
The section commander goes to his guns and takes a note
of the angles recorded.
17. T O AS CE RT AI N T HE LOWE S T E LE V AT I ON
AT WHI CH T HE T RAJE CT ORY WILL CLE AR
T HE CRE S T .
When the crest is within 100 yards of the gun.
The equivalent in yards of the angle of sight to the crestis
the elevation required.
3 sets the sight clinometer at zero and brings the bubble to
the centre of its run by turning the elevating liandwheel.
I lays the gun just clear of the crest by looking along the
bottom of the bore and ordering 2 to elevate or depress as
required.
2 reads the required elevation off the elevation indicator
and1 reportsit to the section commander.
The section commander adds 500 yards to allowfor jump.
When the crest Is over 100 yards from the gun.
The procedure is the same, but an allowance is made for
the elevationdue to the range to the crest.
1, 2 and3 proceed as above.
The section commander makes a liberal estimate of the
range to thecrest, looks up in therange tables the equivalent
elevation in degrees and minutes, adds 20 minutes to it,
converts this angle to yards at the elevation reported by 1,
and adds these two elevations together.
25
18. T O PLANT AI MI NG POS T S .
Section commander.
“...section—Aiminq post3front (or rear).”
4doubles out in front (or rear) of his gun with two aiming
posts and plants them as directed by 3 in line with the dial
sight set at zero or 180 degrees. He plants the near post
first at about 50 yards from the gun. He then plants the
further post as far from the gun as possible up to about
100 yards.
If the order “Replant aiming posts” is given, 4 doubles
out and, at thersignal from 3, pulls up the posts, the further
one first, and replants them.
19. PARALLE L LI NE S T O A NAME D GUN.
Section commander.
.section (or No.... )—Paraflel lines to No....”
3 of the named gun re-lays for line.
Zero line method.
1. of the named gun reports his angle right or leftof his
zero line. This angle is ordered to the other guns.
Aiming point method.
The section commander indicates an aiming point. 3 of
the named gun swings his dial sight on to the aiming point
and I reports the reading. This angle, corrected if necessary
or parallelism, is ordered to.the other guns.
26
Director method.
3 of the namedgun swings his dial sight on to the director
and 1 reports the reading. The director is set accordingly
andindividual angles are ordered to the other guns.
The other guns are then laid in the line of fire as already
detailed.
20. T o CHE CK PARALLE L LI NE S .
Section commander.
“...8ection—Cheek parallellines to No....” -
3 of the named gun lays on the dial sight of each gun in
turn.
1. reports the angles to his section commander who passes
them to thesection commanders concerned.
3 of each other gun lays on the dial sight of the named
gun.
I reports thereading to his section commander, who cheeks
it with the angle taken by the named gun. The sum of the
two angles should be 180 degrees. If necessary he corrects
the zero line angles.
2L T O LOAD.
Percussion shrapnel.
Section commander.
.section—Shrapnel norir.al (or heavy), 1-’ercussion.”
1 repeats this order, and at the correct moment orders
“Load.”
5supplies around to 4.
27
4 sees that the fuze is set at safety, loads, and receives
anotherround from5. ,. -
2 closes the breech. .
Time shrapnel.
Section commander.
“...section—Shrapnelnormal (or heavy), Corrector....”
“(elevation)...”
I repeats this order, and at the correct moment orders
“Load.”
6 sets the fuze indicator and calls out the fuze setting.
5 sets the fuze andsupplies the round to 4. -
4 loads.
2 closes the breech.
High explosive. -
Section commander.
“...section,—H.E. (fuze)....”
I repeats this order and at the correct moment orders
“Load.”
5 uncaps the fuze (if necessary) and supplies theround
to 4.
4 loads and receives another round from 5.
2 closes the breech.
Alter the first round, if there is no alteration in ainmuni-
tion I orders “Load,” repeating also any change in ammuni-
tion which may be ordered. -
During ranging with ll.E. or percussion shrapnel, the gun
will be reloaded as soon as it has been fired. At other times
28
the gun will not be loadea sooner than is necessary to
maintain the rate of fire.
N0TS.— At drill, only drill cartridges with wooden shells
will be loaded.
22. TO UNLOAD.
“No.... Unload.”
2 opens the breech slowly.
4 withdraws the round and places it on the ground.
N0TS.— The unloaded round can be re-setor returned to
the wagon, but rounds with the time rings re-set should be
fired as soon as possible.
23. TO LAY THE GUN.
Indirect laying with sight clinometer.
Section commander.
“...sectton...degs....mins. more right (or left).”
Angle of sight.. .degs. .. .mins. elevation (or depression).”
“ çeleva-tion)....”
1 applies the position correction (if any) and passes the
corrected elevation to 2.
2 sets the elevation indicator and reports” Set.”
3 puts on thedeflection andangle of sight, lays and reports
Ready.”
Indirect laying with field clinometer.
Section commander.
“...8eetiofl.. .Clinometer laying.”
“...degs. ...mins. more right (or left).”
“(eievation)...degs. . . .mina.”
29
I applies the index correction, if any, to the elevation
ordered andpasses the corrected elevation to 2.
2 sets the clinometer, lays for elevation, andreports” Set.”
3 puts on the deflection, lays for line and reports
Ready.”
I removes the field clinoineter.
Norn..— When laying by field clinometer, the elevation
ordered is the actual elevation at which each gun is to be
laid.
Direct laying.
Section commander.
“...section—Reference point.. .Target...”
“ Open sights...degs. . . .mins. more right (or left).”
~‘ (elevation)...”
1 throws the gun into theline.
2 sets the elevation indicator and reports ~‘ Set.”
3 sets the traversing gear at zero (or at 3 degs. traverse if
the order “Target moving from...to...” is given) and puts
the deflection on the open sights. He lays direct over the
open sights on the ground line of his portion of the target
and reports “Ready.”
At the first opportunity 3 levels the sight clinometer
by means of the micrometer head, thus taking the angle of
sight.
If” Indirect laying” is ordered, 3 picks up an auxiliary
aiming point with the dial sight. Unless anewangle of sight
is ordered, he uses the angle of sight already taken.
(a 15497) A r~
30
24. T O FI RE .
No. I.
“No. ..—Fire.”
I orders” Fire” as soon as he has satisfiedhimself that his
gun is ready and his turn to fire has arrived.
3 fires the gun and re-lays.
2 opens the breech.
The gun will on no account be fired without the order
from I.
25. MI S S -FI RE S .
If the gun fails to fire, 3 gives the firing lever a second
pull.
I f the gun again fails to fire, I allows one minute to elapse,
orders “Unload,” and examines theprimer.
if the primer has failed to fire he examines the cap. If
fairly struck, anewprimeris inserted. Ifnot fairly struck,
time striker is changed.
If the primer has fired a new primer is fitted provided
that the round can be fired at once. Otherwise the charge
is withdrawn and destroyed. Such a round must on no
account be replaced in awagon or limber.
26. T O CLE AR THE S PADE .
Section commander.
.seclion—Spades clear.”
1 orders” Run up.”
3 throws backthe quickrelease lever of the brake.
2 and 4 man thewheels.
I and 6 man thetraversing lever.
31
At the order from I the gun is run to the front until the
spade is just clear, I orders “Take post.”
I t necessary on account of heavy ground, I orders
“With drngropes, run up.”
2 and 4 make fast wheel purchases just above the brake
blocks.
I mans the traversing lever, theremainder man the ropes,
evennumbers on the right, oddnumbers on the left.
At the order from 1, the gun is run to the front until the
spade is just clear.
I orders “Take post”; 2 and 4 replace dragropes.
- 27. T O CHANGE T ARGE T .
Section commander.
“...section.—Changs target.”
“...degs. . . .mins. more right (or left)” -
or
“...degs....mins. right (or left) of zero lines.”
1. clears the spade, if necessary, and throws the gun into
the newline.
3 sets the traversinggear at zero and turns the micrometer
head of the dial sight through the angle ordered.
[1 the angle is given from zero lines, he sets the dial sight
at therecorded zero line angle andthen turns themicrometer
head through the angle ordered.
The procedureis then as in Section 16 “To lay the gun in
the line of fire.”
It necessary on account of heavy ground, I orders
“ With dragropo trail right (or left).”
2 hooks a dragropo to the trail handle.
2, 4, 5 and6 man the rope andheave as directed by I or 3.
I orders “Tako post” 2 replaces the dragrope.
(n 15497) St (S
32
27. T O S T OP FI RI NG. -
Section commander.
“...seclion—Stop.”
The detachment continue their ditties but the gun is not
flied until the order “ Go on “is given.
28. T O S T AND FAS T .
Section commander.
“...Section—Standfast.”
All stand fastwhatever they are doing.
At theorder “ Go on” work is continued.
30. T O S T AND E AS Y I N ACT I ON.
Seetloim commander.
“...section (orNo... .)—Stand easy.”
This order is given to indicate that firing is temnpoi’arily
SUSI)Cflded.
Before opening fire again tho order “Take post” will be
given.
31. T O CE AS E FI RI NG.
Section commander.
“...seetion—Ceasefiring.”
If time gun is loaded, I orders “ Uimload.”
The spade is cleared, I folds the traversing lever on the
trail.
33
2 closes the breech, takes off the brake, depresses the gun,
raises and secures the lower shield, receives the dial sight
from 3, places it in the case, and secures the clamping gears.
3 sets the traversing gear at zero, assists 2 to raise the
lower shield, lowers the upper shield, replaces the sight
ehinometer, hands the dial sight to 2, and secures the quick
release lover by its strap.
4 brings in the aiming posts if ordered.
5 and 6 re-setfuzes at safety, replaceclips and ammunition,
and close all lids.
6 replaces thefuzo indicator and takes off the wagon brake.
32. TO LIMBER UP.
Rear limber up.
Section commander.
.section—1?ear limber up.”
The detachment take post as follows
2 and3 between breech and wheels, I in hunt of 2; 4 in
front of 3, kneeling with their backs to the axletree ;- 5 and
6 readyto hook in the wagon team.
The limber approaches from the right; I orders “Halt”
early enough to ensure that when halted the off wheel will
be opposite the trail eye; time limber is halted amid squared.
I orders “Limber up” ; 2 and 3 lift the trail and place it
on the hook; I and 4man the wheels.
The detachmentmount without further orders.
On dismounted parades they form detachmentrear.
34
Front limber up.
Section commander.
• . .seetion—Front limber up.”
2 and 3 lift the trail; 4 and 5 man the wheels; the gun is
run clear of the wagon and the trail is carried round through
a half circle to the right and lowered to the ground. The
detachment takepost as in rear limber up.
The limber drives up on the right and one yardclear of the
gun. When clear of the gunwheel, it inclines to the left
until the near wheel of the limber has just passed the trail
eye.
I orders “Halt”; the limber is halted and squared.
I orders “Limber up”; 2 and 3 lift the trail and placo It
on the hook; I and 4 man thewheels.
The detachment mount withoutfurther orders.
On dismounted parades they form detachment rear.
Right Umber up.
The trail is carried round through a quarter of acircle to
the right. The procedure is then as in frontlimber up.
Left Umber up.
The trail is carried round through a quarter of a circle to
time left and the limber drives up en the left. The proceduro
is then as in front limber up.
33. CASUALTIES TO DETACHMENTS.
Men sent to replace casualties report to their section com-
manders who order such changes of duties as they consider
necessary.
35
Casualties are replaced as follows
Section Commander ... By tho senior No. 1. of the
section.
I ... ... ... By anamed successor.
With five men ... 5performs theduties of 5and 6 .
With fourmen ... I performs time duties of 1 and
- 2. 2 performs the duties of
5 and 6 .
With three men ... I performs theduties of I and 2,
and calls out the length of
fure from the fuze indicator
on the shield.
2 performs the duties of 4, 5
and 6 .
34. CAS UALT I E S T O E QUI PME NT .
(i) Breech mechanism.
If time breech will not open see that -
(a) The trigger has resumed its normal position.
(b) The guide for mainspring is flush with the face of
the breech.
The triggercan be pushed into place by hand. If the guide
for mainspring is not flush, remove the firing mechanism.
If the breechstill cannot be opened, place thepoint of apick.
axe between the breech mechanism lever and the carrier,
press in the catch retaining breech mechanism lever and
gently move the breech mechanism lever.
(ii) Sight cinometer.
Lay by means of the field clinometcr.
36
(iii) Elevation Indicator.
Lay by means of the field clinometer.
(iv) Dial sight.
Lay on aiming posts over the open sight. To obtain the
line before plaiiting aiming pests, lay the gun by means of
adial sight borrowed from another gun.
(v) Wheels.
ir agunwbeel is damaged, turn it at once so that the
soundest portion bears the weight of the gun. Procure a -
spare wheel fromalimber or wagon and replace the damaged
wheel as fellows
Raise the carriage by lifting on the damaged wheel (or
by means of ajackif available). Support the axle by means
of the bar supporting pole, placing the lower end on ashovel
to prevent it sinking into the ground. The damaged wheel
can then be removed and replaced.
If the damage is such that the axle lies fallen to the
ground it may be raised by means of a limber as follows :—
Place the limber so that the limber hook is over the point
of the axle of the gun. Scotch the limber wheels to prevent
them running forward. Raise time pole through an angle
of about 80 degrees, having first secured a dragrope with
which to haul it down. Secure the axle to the limber hook
by means of adragropo and then haul down on the pole.
35. LONG RANGE SHOOTING.
Carriages Marks 1* to II only.
For ranges over 6 ,6 00 yards when using tlmo 2 crim shell,
time following procedure will be adopted.
- 37
The line is obtained, the gun is laid in the line of fire and
aiming posts are planted in rear, or a distant aiming point is
chosento lay on from round to round.
The quadrant elevation, consisting of the corrected nma
1
,
range, the gun correction and the angle of sight is calculated.
- The elevation indicator is set at 10 degrees 30 minutes
(~,000yards) andtheM.V. corrector at 16 15. The remainder
of the quadrant elevation is put on the sight clinoineter.
Onthe level, it is necessary to dig ahole for thetrail, 1 foot
deep for every 7 degrees over 10 degrees 30 minutes. The
hole must not be deeper than is actually necessary or the
stability of thecarriage will suffer. Thewheels should be level.
If a platform can be chosen on asuitable slope, digging a
hole for the trail may not be necessary.
Extra drift correction is calculated from the range tables
and ordered as leftdeflection.
Ranging, if necessary, should be carried out in false yards.
E~xample.
Gun on alevel platformand laid in line of fire.
Corrected map range and gun correction
=7,900 yards = 22~.37’.
Angle of sight = + 2~.00’.
Drdera. 24’.37’.
“Dig ahole 2 feetdeep.”
“H.E. 100.”
“All guns 20’ M.L.” (extra deflection for drift).
“Angle of sight 12°7’.”
“One roundSalvo fire.”
“5,000.”
‘Fire.”
38
36. DI S ABLE ME NT .
The extent of disablement orderedwill depend on the time
available and the probability of recapture.
To disable the gun so that it can be brought into action
immediately after recapture; remove the breech screw.
To disable the gun so that it be brought into action after
repair; disconnect the recoil unitand fire the gun.
To destroy the gun; place an H.E. shell in the muzzle, load
with H.E., and fire the gun by means of along lanyard from
under cover. A length of telephone wire attached to the
lanyard is suitable for the purpose.
Non~.— Thedial sight and clinometers should always be
removed, and taken away before abandoning agun.
37. BLANK AMMUNI T I ON.
(i) No officer, nen.commissioned officer or gunner who has
not been trained and passed in gun drill, is to command
a section or form part of a gun detachment firing blank
ammunition at salutes or at training.
(ii) When firing Q.F. blank cartridges, no gun is to ho
reloaded within 15 seconds after firing. Even after this in-
terval, no gun is to be reloaded until 1. has examined the
chamber and bore and removed any debris remaining from
theprevious round.
(iii) In the event of.a miss-fire, a further attempt should
be made to firethe gun in its turn. In no case must thebreech
be opened for at least one minute with black powder, and
ten minutes with smokeless charges. No one must be
in rear of the breachwhen it is opened. In firingsalut~,an
39 -
officer or senior non-commissioned officer should be detailed
for thespecial duty of timing theinterval after amiss.flre and
informing I of that gun when the breechmay be opened.
(iv) As a further safeguard, I is responsible that the
chargeis properly homein the casebefore theround is loaded.
This can be done by pressing down the leather board cup on
the point of the traversinglever, a small mark being made
under local arrangements on each traversing lever, to indi-
cate when the charge is in its correct position.
40
ChAPTER 111.— LAYiNG AND FTJZE
SETTING TESTS.
I. In every battery there should be at least six qualified
layers per sub-section, exclusive of serjcants and lance-
serjeants. A list of layers should be kept. All layers, sec-
tion commanders, serjeants and lance-serjeants should be
tested periodically.
2. All officers and Nes. I must be thoroughly conversant
with
(i) Time tests for andcare of sightmg gear andsights.
(ii) The methods of obtaining parallel lines of fire.
(iii) M.V. correctors andcorrections for jumpand droop.
3. Layers will be tested by means of two tests. TestAwill
consists of four lays indirect; TestB of two lays direct.
4. A maximum of 20 marks will be given for each lay in
Test A, and 10 marks for each lay in Test B. In order to
qualify, alayer must obtain 75 marks.
5. The examiner should be assisted by an officer or senior
non.commissioned officer with astop watch andrecord book,
and by apenciller who will take down all orders given, for
reference when checkingthelay.
6. When layingindirect, threeor more aiming points should
be selected to tho rear and on either flank if possible, and
made known to all concerned.
7. Before beginning the tests at least fivo targets will be
selected in the foreground at varying ranges and angles of
sight, andcovering afront of about25 degrees; exceptin the
case of targets representing guns, these should be natural
41
features of the ground. If it be necessary to use dummies,
they should ho placed in positions such as the troops which
they reprosomit would naturally ocoupy on service. A refer.
once point, approximately in the centre of the target zone,
will be pointed out to the No. 1. amid to timo layer. Targets
will be indicated with reference to this point by macaims of the
clockcode.
8. When layingdirecton any target(other than agun target)
which extends over a fairly wide frontage, great exactitudo
in direction will not be required as regards thepoint originally
selected to lay upon, which may be anywhere in that portion
of the target opposite to thegun beinglaid. Any subsequent
lay on thesame target must, however, be on thesame point
as the first.
9. Theorders for thelay must be givenout by time examiner
clearly and distinctly, a short pause (about 2 or 3 seconds),
being made after each separate order, thus: “Alt guns
20 degs. right” .. - pause . . . “Alt guns 15 mins. more right”
pause - . . “Angle of sight 1 deg. 20 mins. elevation”
pause . . . “4200.” -
All orders will be acknowledged by the No. I and acted on
at once. Should the layer at any time be in doubt as to any
particular order, ho will refer to the No. I , who may repeat
to him any part of the order received. The No. 1. may, in
turn, refer to the examiner.
10. After checking alay, the examiner will elevate the gun
about 15 minutes.
11. In the ease of achange target the brake must be taken
off and put on by means of the quick release lever. -
12. Layers will be examined in pairs (Nos. 2 and 3); for
any incorrect portion of a lay marks will be deducted only
from the individual making the error.
42
13. The times allowedfor each lay arcas follows
Test~A. Test B.
Lay I. Lay 2. Lay 3. Lay 4. Lay 5. Lay 6 .
Mm. Soc. Miii. Soc. Mm. Soc. Mm. Sec. Mm. Sec. Mm. Se-c.
— 45 — 30 — 40 — 55 — 25 — 20
The layer will call out “Ready” as soon as he has finished
laying the gun. The time will be taken from the conclusion
of the orders for the lay until the word “Ready” from time
layer.
14. One mark will be deducted :—
(i) For every 5seconds or fraction of 5seconds beyond
the time laid down for the particular lay.
(ii) If the traversing gear is not within 30 minutes of
zero, exceptin lays 2 and 6 .
(iii) For each mistake in time manipulation of the sighting
gear or in the drill of the layer as laiddown.
15. Two marks will be deducted
If the angle of sight has not been taken correctly when
layingdirect.
10. Ton marks will be deducted :—
If the aiming posts are not planted in line.
17. No marks will be given for the lay
(i) If the sight or elevation indicator is incorrectly
set.
(ii) When laying indirect, if the gun is not correctly laid
for elevation and direction.
(iii) When layingdirect, if the gun is notlaidfor elevation
within 3 minutes or for direction witimin 5minutes.
43
EXAMPLES OF T E S T S .
Laying tests.
The gun is placed on a firm platform. The examiner sets
the elevation indicator at about 3,000 yards and the remain-
ing scales at zero.
Test A (indirect).
Orders. Procedure.
Lay I.
“Aiming point...” The procedure will be as laid
“AU guns, 00 degrees 10 down under “To lay the
minutes right.” gun in the line of fire.”
The battery picket and aux-
iliary aiming pointreadings
will be recorded on tho
trail after 3 has reported -
“Ready.”
“ Aiming postsfront.” The procedure will bo as laid
down under “To plant
aiming posts.”
Timefor this partof thelay is
not taken.
Lay 2.
“All guns, 1 degree 10 The procedure will be as laid
minutes more right.” down under “To lay the
“Angle of sight, 1 degree 20 sun.”
minutes’ elevation.”
“3400.~’
44
TestA (indirect)—continued.
Orders.
Lay 3.
“Represent No. 2 gun in
action.”
“Change target.”
“ AU guns, 2 degrees 15
minutes more left.”
“Concentrate 20 minutes on
No. 1.”
“Angle of sight, 10 minutes’
depression.”
“ 4275.”
Lay 4.
“Change target.”
“All guns, 31 degrees right
of zero lines.”
“Clinomnetcr laying.”
“ 10 degrees 30 minutes.”
Test B (direct).
The reference pointis described before orders are given.
Lay 5.
“Represent No. 3 gun in The procedure will be as laid
action.” down under “To lay the
“Infantry lining hedgerow; gun.”
4 o’clock, 3 degrees to 5 The bubble of the sightclino-
degrees.” meter will be brought to
“ Open sights.” the centre of its run after
1200.” reporting “Ready.”
The examiner will put on adeflection and note the reading.
Procedure.
The procedurewill beeslaid
down under “To change
target’’ and “To lay the
gun.” -
The procedure will be as laid
down under “To change
target” and “To lay the
gun.”
45
- Test B (dircct)— continued.
Orders. Procedure.
Lay 6 .
“AUguns, 40 minutes more The gun will be re-laid on the
left.” same point of the target as
“1500.” in Lay 5.
The deflection ordered -will be
such as will enable the
layer to lay by the traver-
sing gear.
- Fuze setting test.
Orders. Procedure.
“ Gorrector 152, 4700” Time competitor will set time
fuzo indicator at theconcc.
tor and elevation oi-dcrcd
nnd ~i-iiIsetsixfuzes at the
graduation shown on the
fuzc indicator.
Timne— 1 minute.
46
CHAPTER IV.— SIGIIT TESTS.
Thefield clinometer, sightclinometer and elevation indicator
should be tested daily and after prolonged firing. The align-
ment tests should be carried out as often as possible.
Any adjustment to optical instruments must be carried out
by aqualified artificer.
Test 1.— To test the field cinometer.
Set the elinometer at zero; placeit on thedinometer piano
andelevate or depress thegun until thebubble is in thecentre
of its run ; then turn the einometer end for end.
If the bubble is still in the centreof its run the clinometcr is
in adjustment.
If the bubble is not iii the centre of its run bring it so by
moving the slider or, if necessary, the arm andslider. - One
half of the nett reading is theindexerror of the clinometer.
If the bubble cannot be broughtto thecentre of its run by
this method, the error of the clinometer may be determined
by comparison with aclinometer of known error.
To eliminate an error, the clinometer must be adjusted by a
qualified artifleer. This adjustment is given in the Hand-
book.
Test 2.— To test and adjust the sight clinozneter.
With the sight clinometer bracket horizontal and the
sight clinometer reading zero, the bubble of the sight clino-
meter should be in the centre of its run,
47
Place the sight clinomcter, set at zero, in its bracket and
bring the bubble to the centre of its run by the leftelevating
handwheel. Reverse the sight clinometer end for end;
the bubble should still be in the cent-re of its run.
If the bubble is not in the centre, bring it so by turning
the micrometer head. Note the reading and set the micro-
meter scales to half this reading. Bring the bubble to the
centre of its run by the left elevating handwheel. Slacken
the nuts securing the micrometer scales and the screws
securing the degree scale; shift the micrometer scales and
reader to zero and re-clamp. -
Test 3.— To test and adjust the elevation indicator.
With the sight clinometer reading zero and the bubble
in time centre of its run, and with the axis of the gun inclined
at the necessary angle to the line of sight to compensate
for jump and droop, the elevation indicator should read
zero. If the jump of any particular equipment has not
beendetermined it will be taken as — 20 minutes.
Setthe M.V. corrector at 16 15.
Set the sight clinometer at zero and bring the bubble to
the centre of its run by the left elevating handwheel; place
the field clinomctcr set at the correction for jump on the
left guide rib near the muzzle, arc to the rear. Bring the
bubble of the field clinomcter to the centre of its run by
the right elevating handwheei. The elevation indicator
should read zero.
If the elevation indicator does not read zero, slacken the
nut, revolve theindicator until it reads zero and re-clamp.
Set the M.V. corrector at the muzzle velocity of the gun.
48
Alignment tests.
Before beginning these tests the following preparations
should be made :—
(i) Place the carriage on afirmplatformandimianipulato
ituntil it is level transversely. See (iv).
(ii) Select a well-defined object at least 1,500 yards
distant on which to lay.
(iii) If this distant objectcannot be found, set up the
target testing sights (see diagram) about 50 yards
in front of the gun at right angles to the axis of
the bore.
(iv) If thecarriagecannot be levelled transversely timetop
of the dial sightcarrier and the targettesting sights
should be sloped to the same angle as the
carriage.
(v) Remove the striker and fixcress.wires at the muzzle
of the gun.
(vi) Set the elevation indicator, the cowl of the dial
sight, the dial plate and micrometer scales of
the dial sight and the deflection scale of the
- open sight at zero.
Test 4.— To test and adjust the dial sight and open
sight for line.
The lines of sight through the dial sight and open sights
should be parallel to the axis of the bore as regards line.
Lay the bore on the distant object for line by the left
elevating handwheel and the traversing gear, using the
intersection of the cross wires as a foresight and the hole
in time firing-hole bush as a hind sight. The lines of siglmt
- -f -~
-~
‘-‘I
__________ I ~Qc3
rz
~U) -
tg_ -
ci I -
a.
0~
I -
40
through the dial sight and open sights should be on time
distant object.
When using the target testing sights lay the bore on
point B; the dial sight should be on line D, and the open
sights on line 0.
If the dial sight is not in alignment, turn the micrometer
~j heads of the dial sight unt,iI theline of sight is correct, slacken
C~the screws securing the roader of the dial plate and the nuts
— of the micrometer, shift the reader and micrometer scales
to zero and re-clamp.
Iftheopen sights arenotin alignment, slacken the nuts of
-~.the cotter pin -and partly withdrawit. Slacken the nut
- of the eccentric bush and move the sight by means of the
— hush until the line of sightis correct andre-clamp.
Test 5.— To test and adjust the open sights
- for elevation.
The Imne of smght over the open sights should be parallel
to the sightclinometer set~.at zero.
Set the sight clinometer at zero and bring the bubble
to the centre of its run by the left elevating handwheel;
place the bar testing sights on the open sights, and place
the field clinometer set at zero on the bar testing sights.
The bubble should be in the centreof its run.
If the bubble is not in the centre, bring it so by slackening
the fixing screw and screwing the foresight up or down
and re-clamp.
50
CI-IAPTER V.— CARE OF EQUIPMENT.
1. CLE ANI NG AND OI LI NG.
Limber gunners should be intelligent andreliable men.
The bearing strips on the exterior of the gun, by means of
which the gun slides in the cradle of the carriage, should be
kept clean and oiled and maintained in good working order;
all working surfaces should be well lubricated and kept
freefrom paint.
The bore should be kept clean andlightly greased.
After firing it should be scrubbed out with caustic soda
and hot water (1 lb. to a gallon), using the piasaba brush.
When dry it should be lightly greased with mineral jelly.
No gritty substance, such as sandpaper or bath brick,
should be used for cleaning workingsurfaces.
All spare parts should be used periodically to ensure that
they are in working order.
The axletrees should be greased frequently, the old grease,
particularly fromthechannels of the pipe box, beingremoved
before newgrease is applied. If there is side play between
the wheel and the carriage, thelinch.pin should be withdrawn
and the adjusting collar revolved to a suitable position to
take up the play.
Heads of lubricators should be kept free from paint.
51
List of lubrlcators.
Fitting to be lubricated. No. Where situated.
Capaquares 2 On top of each.
Carriage body—
Bearings, axletree 2 - Inlubricating eup,1 on each side.
Bearings, clutch spindle ... 2 Inside carriage body, I on each
side.
Cap, lower bracketof 2 Inbearing portion for handwhoel
spindle on left side.
Cradle—
Body 8 7 in sides for oiling sliding sur.
- faces, and 1 on loft side at
rear, with tube for lubricating
handwheel spindle.
Bearing, pinion, spindle, 1 On rightside, close tohandwheol.
handwhoel.
Gear brake—
Bolts, oonneotng—
Cranked levers 3 2 enleft side ~nd 1 on right, close
to shield.
Rear brake blocks—
Eccentrielink 1 Inhead of bolt, lclt side.
- Fork actuating screw ... I In head of bolt, riglmt side.
Fork actuating screw .. 1 On right side.
Link,cccentrio 1 On left side.
Gear, elevating—
Rod, connecting elevating 1 In lowerend.
screw.
Gears, firing—
Arm, connecting 1 In tipperend, left side.
Rod, connecting 2 1 at each end, left side.
Bracket, connecting are, rango I On left side.
gear. -
Bolts ,conneotingbrake arm ... 2 In head of each bolt.
Crosshead, traversing gear ... 1
52
List of lubrlcators— eonl.
Fitting to be lubricated. J No. Whore situated.
Lover, traversing
Rccuperator, bottomguide ...
Sight, rocking bar
Wheels, 2nd Class, “C” Ne.
45
Breech, screwand carrier ...
1
1
1
2
I
At - jointed end of lever, near
plunger.
On case.
For oiling arm trunnien support.
ingsight.
Ininner flanges.
-
On topof carrier.
Wagon, Ammunition
Levers, cranked brake gear—
Near
Off
1
I
Roar of wagon.
Rear of wagon.
2. THE No. 7 DIAL S I GHT .
The dial sight when issued is in correct adjustment, water.
tight, and with all the cells and joints secured with fixing
screws.
it is very unlikely that the interior will require cleaning
and the dial sight must on no account be taken to pieces
except by a person in possession of an Ordnance College
Certificate, stating thathe is competent to do so.
The body of the dial sight should be cleaned with aclean
soft cloth and a little oil, which must be rubbed of! after-
wards, care being taken that the glass is not touched.- N~
gritty substance should be used. -
‘53
The exteriors of eyelcns and windowshould be cleaned
with chamois leather, specially kept for the purpose. Great
care must be taken that no oil or grease is allowed to touch
the glasses. Fingers, though apparently clean and dry, leave
marks on the lens which will impair the definition of the
sight.
When not in use the dial sight should be kept in its leather
case on the shield.
3. T HE BRE E CH ME CHANI S M.
(i) General precautions.
The breech mechanism should be dismantled periodically
in orderthatit may be thoroughly cleaned.
The threads of the breech screwshould be free from burrs.
These may be rcmnoved by careful filing by an artificer, but
no portion of the thread should be cut away to remove a
crack.
The breech should be kept covered up, when possible, to
prevent dust andgritgetting into thebreechfittings. Acover
is provided for this purpose.
(ii) To dismantle the breech mechanism.
With the breceimopen remove the keep-pin of the breech
mechanism lever hinge bolt, withdrawthe hinge bolt, re-
move the breech mechanism lever guide block with firing
lever, and striker. Press in the catch retaining breech screw
and unscrew(clockwise) the breech screwfrom the carrier.
Remove the catch retaining breech screwwith spring. Re-
move the keep-pin of the carrier hinge bolt and withdraw
54
the hinge bolt. Remove the carrier. Remove the keep-pin
of the extractor hinge bolt, withdrawthe hinge bolt and
extractor. Remove the keep-pin and withdraw“Part I”
triggerfromthe leftside of the breech, then “Part II” from
the rear.
(iii) To assemble the breech mechanism.
The fittings are replaced in the reverse order.
When inserting the breech screwin the carrier, care must
be taken before commencing to screwin, to hold the breech
screwsquare against the face of the carrier with one of the
threaded portions of the screw uppermost, the stamping
on the screwto the rear. Two and a quarter turns of the
breech screware required, the retaining catch beingpressed
in clear of the recess in the screwduringthe operation.
When inserting the trigger, first correctly assemble the
spring with theprojecting ends in theholes for their reception
in the “Part I” trigger and bush, then insert thecollar
on the - trigger with the recessed portion innermost, and
twistthebush on the trigger until the projection en it engages
with the recess in the collar. Insert “Part I” trigger with
bush, collar, and spring into the leftside of the breech ring,
and engage with “Part II” trigger inserted fromthe rear.
Insert thekeep pin. -
(iv) To dismantle the firing mechanism.
When removing the striker from, or inserting it into, the
guide block, the safety catch in the latter must always be
in the firing position.
Press on the top of the guidefor main spring so as to corn-
press the spring lightly, at the same time tilt the upper end
55
of the guide from the striker, and withdrawthe guide and
main spring. Remove the firing pin and the pin securing
ro.bound block and withdrawthe latter Place the safety
catch in the firing position, force it out of its recess in the
guide blocktowards the centre of the block, and withdrawit.
(v) To assemble the firing mechanism.
Thefiringmechanism is assembledin thereverse order.
(vi) To test the protrusion of the striker. -
Swing the breech screwandcarrier into theloading position
and remove the striker. Take out the main spring from the
striker and reassemble the latter, Replace the striker
(without main spring) in position in the gun, press in the
catch retaining breech screwand revolve the breech screw
in the carrier until it is in the position it would be if the
breech were closed. Press the striker forward in the breech
screwas far as it will go. Apply the gauge, and if the pro-
trusion is not within thelimits, change the firing pin.
4, BE CUPE RAT OR AND BUFFE R.
General Precauticns.
(i) Before firing.
Careshould be taken to see that the recuperator and buffer
are correctly charged, and there is no leakage at the stuffing
boxes, that the cylinder blockis firmly nutted up to the lug
of the gun, and the piston rod andramto the front cap, and
that theregulating gear is in adjustment.
56
It is necessary to strain the oil before charging the rceu-
perater or buffer.
During severe weather, recuperators and buffers should be
protected as much as possible fromthecold.
Any operations for the replacement of worn or defective
parts whichnecessitate emptying therecoil system should be
carriedout only under qualified supervision.
(ii) In action.
Fault. Cause. Remedy.
Excessive length of recoil...
Violent recoil
Guis runs outsluggishly ...
Gun runs outviolently ...
Worn piston or recoil
valve,
Loss of liquid from
buffer cylinder.
Loss of pressure ..
Regulating gear out
of adjustment.
Hot air or gas in
buffer.
Valve adjusting run.
out, wrongly set.
Loss of pressure ...
Causes other than
above,
Valve adjusting rutm-
out, wrongly set.
Retarding valve not
working correctly.
Replace, or elmorten
recoil by gear
regulating.
Replenish.
Replenish liquid or
air.
Adjust.
Snift-ingvalve.
Adjust.
Replenisbliquid or air
Replace rocuperator
unit.
Adjust.
Replace recuperator
unit.
Note.— At high angles of elevation thevalve adjusting run.
out may require adjustment.
57
(iii) When guns are resting in action.
Cool the bore. Depress the gun and allowair to escape
fromthebufferby means of thesnifting valve. Replenish the
buffer. Tighten packings if necessary. Test air pressures
after thegun hascooled andreplenish recuperater if necessary.
5. THE RE CUPE RAT OR.
(i) To charge the recuperator with liquid.
Lash the gun to the cradle and depress a few degrees.
Remove plugs K and L and open valve M. Measure out
exactly 8 pints of oil and pump it in at K. Close valve M
and replace plug K. Elevate and depress the cradle a few
degrees several times, then set it horizontal by aclinorneter
both longitudinally and transversely. Open valve M and
remove plug K. Leave the cradle in this position until
oil ceases to overflow at L. Close valve M and replace the
plugs.
(ii) To charge the recuperator with air.
Before charging with air it is important to see that the
scouring collar is on therecuperator ram, in orderto prevent
time ramfrombeing forcedoutto theroar when under pressure
and that the correctquantity of liquid is in the recuperator.
rrhell proceed as follows: Attach theair pumpto thebracket
on the trial, depress the cradle afewdegrees, remove plug L
and attach the adapter and pressure gauge; connect the
pump pipe to time adapter, open by-pass valve M and pump
until the gauge registers 710 lbs. per sq. in. Close valve M,
disconnect time pipe from the adapter, and place the cap on
the adapter. Let the pressure down to 700 lbs. per sq. in.
by opening valve M and slackening the cap on the adapter.
58
Close valve M, remove the adapter with pressure gauge, and
replace plug L. The lashing may nowbe removed.
When chargingby air bottle, care mustbe taken to open the
cock graduallyto avoid damage to thegauge.
(iii) To test the air pressure.
Remove plug L and screwin the adapter, blanking the
outer end with the cap. Screwthe gauge into the adapter.
Open valve M, when the gauge should register 700 lbs. per
sq. in. If correct, close valve M, remove the adaptor and
gauge and replace plug L. If the pressure is not correct,
proceed as in (v).
(iv) To ascertain the amount of liquid In the recu-
perator system.
Remove plug L. Set theelevation indicatorto zero. Set
tine gun horizontal, longitudinally and transversely, by means
of thefieldolinemeter. Open valve M slowly; if oil spray
issues from L, theliquid level is correct. If air only issues,
close valve 111. Elevate the gun successively to angles of
45 mm., 1 deg. 20 mm., 1 deg. 40 mm., and 2 deg. 30 miii.
by means of the right elevating handwheel and elevation
indicator. Note time angle of elevation at which oil spray
issues on valve M being opened. The amount of liquid lost
is derived fromthe following table:—
Elevation
LiquidLost, at which oil spray
issues.
1 pint. 45 mu.
2 pints. I deg. 20 mm.
3 pints. 1 deg. 40 min.
4 pints. 2 deg. 30 miii.
Note.— Thegun should not be worked with agreater loss of
liquid than 2 pints. -
59
(v) To replenish air pressure lost by leakage.
Proceed as for chargingtherecuperator with air, but before
opening valve M to admit air to thereservoir pump pressure
in pipe to 700 lbs. per sq. in.
6 . THE S UFFE R.
(i) To fill the buffer.
Elevate the gun to 10 degrees. Remove plugs N. and 0.
Pour in oil at 0 until it overflows at N. Replace plug N
and continue filling till oil overflows at 0. Then by means
of the syringe withdrawabout ~th of a pint of oil and
replace plug 0.,
About 5pints of oil are required to charge the buflea
(ii) Regulating gear.
This gear is to be used to shorten the length of recoil when
the latter becomes excessive through wear in the piston or
recoil valve.
When the scale is set at 2 a recoil of 43 inches should be
expected. This setting is recommended with an equipment
whichis in good order. Ifit becomes necessary to reduce the
length of recoil, the lever should be moved in the direction
of thearrow. Each graduation on the scale corresponds to a
difference of oneinch in recoil.
(iii) Glands.
Glands should be tightened when necessary. It is better
to do this when thecradleis warm, as the packings then seat
better. They should not be over-tightened, as this maydistort
the packings and also cause seizure.
To tighten up theglande.—Pull the springcatch to thefront,
thus disengaging it from the slot in the gland, and tighten
up the latter by means of a tommy inserted through tIme
openingin thecap.
60
If aleakageoccurs attheglands andtighteningup does not
prevent it, asupplementary packingring should be used; or
if a supplementary packing is already iii use, the defective
packing should be renewed.
7. THE AI R PUMP.
Before starting work, an external examinations should be
made to see thatthe pumpis clean andserviceable.
When assembling care must be taken to see that all parts
are clean and well lubricated. Working parts will require
further lubrication during pumping.
To obtain the best results it is essential to employ a full
strokein workingthepump, i.e., fromstep to stop.
When charging a system it is best to continue without a
stop until the desired pressureis reached, changing the men
if fatigued. If a step is unavoidable, note the pressure and
close valve M. Before continuing, pump the pressure in tine
pipe up to the pressure noted before opening valve It!.
If there is any fallingoff in the working pressure, examine
the valves. If gritty, the valves and springs should be
removed and cleaned. If necessary, valves should be lightly
ground in andcoated with thin oil. If tlmis does netimprove
tho efficiency of the pump, the piston should be removed and
the rings examined and tried in thecylinders. If thespring
of these rings has been destroyed, they must ho changed.
The pump must be replaced in its box immediately after
use.
The pump should be worked afewstrokes daily to ensure
that thepackungs arekept under pressure.
6 1
APPENDIX.
CARRIAGE OF STORES.
l.— Sronxs CArnuim ON CARRI AGE .
Articles. - No. Where carried.
Axe, pick
Brush, breech screw
Can, lubricating, No. 9
Carrier, No. 7 dial sight,No. 2
Cases, keys, setting fuze
Cases, fieldclinometer, No. I
Cases, No. 7 dial sight and carrier,
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Cases, sight clinometer
Cases, spare parts
Cases, spare sightalinometer
Cases, tools
Cleaner, piasaba, No. 18
Cleaner, wool, No. 1
Clunoineter, field
Clinometer, sight ... (spare)
Clinometer, sight
Covers, breech
Cover,, muzzle,No. 1
Covers, eccentricbrake gear
Drift, No. 12
Gauge, striker protrusion, No. 1
Hammer, claw(24.oz.)
Implements, ammunition—
Keys, No. 18 (setting fuLe)
Indicator, fuze, Q.F. 18-pr
Key, removing jammed cartridge,
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Under trail.
In tool case, rear of shield.
In wood block, rear of shield.
On shield, in case,
On shield.
On loft tensile stay.
On shield.
In tubular trail.
On rear of shield.
In case, on left tensile stay.
In ease, on shield.
iOn gun; when not in use
I strapped to frontof shield.
On eccentricof brakegear.
In leather case, on shield.
In tool case, rear of shield.
In tool ease,
On shield.
In toolcase, “A” sub-section.
1
1
lf
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
2
1
I .
Per battery. t Components of carriage. Per sectiou.
6 2
CAI tRI AGR or ST0RES—eont.
1. Stores carried on Carriage— cone.
Lanyard, firing, No. 15
Oil, Rangoon pints
Ordnance—
Catch, retaining breech screw
Pin, axis, catch, B.II. lever
Pins, firing
Springs, main
Springs, safety catch
Springs, trigger ...
Springs, tripping-piece
Strikers
Pliers, flatnose pairs
Post,, aiming
Ropes, drag, heavy 30-ft. ... pairs
Screwdriver, U.S., 4-in
Shovels, 0.8
Sight, dial, No. 7
Spanners, adjustable, 15-in.
Spanners, adjustable, Il-In.
Spannor, hydraulicbuffer, No. 123...
Spanner, No, 244
Spanner, hydraulicbuffer, No. 109...
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. 170...
Spanner, hydraulicbuffer, No. 171...
Spanner, hydraulicbuffer, No. 174.,.
Spanner, hydraulicbuffer, No. 172...
Spanner, lmydraulio buffer, No. 173...
Spanner, hydraulicbuffer, No. 170...
Tommy, No.37
Tommy, No. 40
Tool, withdrawing splitpine
In tool case (or cases) on
f
In case (or eases) on axletree.
In tool case.
Articles. No. Where carried.
In tool case, Tear of shield.
1cm lubricating can.
Inleather case, on shield.
In tool case, rear of shield.
} On frontof shield.
in leather ease, on shield.
Right tensile stay.
On shield in case.
In tool ease, rear of shield.
‘I
l~
2
11
2f
1
1
2
1
I
I
1
t 8 per battery. ~ Per section, ~1 per 3 guns.
Axe, felling, curved helve
Axes, pick
Bar, supporting draught pole,
No. 3 (spare)
Blankets, U.S
Boxes, grease, 3.lb,
Boxes, dust cap and drag washer
Breastpioce ... -
Brnnsb, water, carriage
Buckets, water. U.S., canvas .. -
Cans, lubricating, No. 3 (for
Rangoon oil
Cans, lubricating, No. 3 (for
mineral oil)
Caps, dust, 2nd class “C” capped
wheels, No. 1 (spare)
Carrier, ammunition, Q.F. 13 and
IS-pr.
Cartridges, Q.] ?. 18-pr
Clips, cartridge, Q.] ?. IS.pr.
Cloths, sponge
Collars,adjusting, 2nd class “C”
capped wheels (sparo~
Covers, breech
Crowbar,, 4.1t. 1 ‘in
On platformboard.
Under limber.
On platform board.
On top of limber box,
Under platform b o ar
“near” side.
On footboard, “near” side.
On platform board.
Under platform b oar d,
“near’ side.
In wire netreceptacles.
I Under platform board,
f “off” side.
In boxon footboard, “near”
side.
Under blankets.
In ammunition box.
On cartridges.
Under tray, small stores.
Tray, small stores, lower,
On rifles, front of ammuni.
tiomi box.
On platform board,
6 3
CAIIRI.&Gin OF STORES— Coat.
2.— SToREs CARRIED ON LIMBERS.
Articles.
0
‘~ Whore carried,
-
1
1
I
2
lf
1
1
12
1
I
If
1
24
24
S
11
2
it
2
2
1
1
1
a
1
1
I
38
38
5
2
*Per sub-section.
t Per section. I’er Battery.
64
CARRIAGE OF ST0RES— cont.
2. Stores carried on limbers— conf.
Files, smooth, flat, G.m
Files,srnooth, hand, safe.edge,8-in
Files, 2nd cut, half-round, 0-in....
Grease, lubricating ... lbs.
Handle, air pump
Handle, file, small
hooks, bill
Implements, ammunition—
Holder, cartridge
Keys, No.17 (fixing Lure)
Implements, ammunition—
- Keys, No. 27 (primer)
Keys, No. 18 (setting fuze)
Keys,split, flat, 1-in. x4-in.(spare)
Keys, spring lock
Line, Hambro’
Oil, mineral (for buffers) pints
Oil, Rangoon pints
Pins, capsquare ... (spare)
Pins, keep. split, ~ ~ 14-in....
Pins,keep,split,,~,.in. x14-in....
Pins, keep, split,
5
’~.in.x 14-in.
(spare)
Pins, keep, split, 4-in. x 1-in.
Pins, keep, split, 4-in. x21-in.
Pins, keep, split, 4-in. x 14-in,
(spare)
Pins, keep, split, ?~-in.x I-in.
} Tray, small stores, lower.
In grease box.
On platformband.
Tray, small stores, lower.
Underplatforzn board, “ofi”
side.
Under tray, small stores,
Trs3i, small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray, small store,, lower.
Tray, small ,tores, lower.
On outside of lid in pocket.
On platform beard.
} In cans, lubricating.
Tray, small stores, lower,
Tray, small stores, upper
(in box, spare sprivgs,&c.)
I
,c .
Articles.
Ga
ts
e
‘~
.3
cm
o
~
t,>~
Where carried.
3
1
it
2
I
I
‘1
II
1
I
1
3
It
I
1
‘ 5
1
I
1
11
III
1
1
3
2
I
9
1
f Per section. § I per 3 guns. Per bettery.
65
CARRIAGE OF ST0RE5—cont.
2. Stores carried on limbers— cong.
Articles.
.3
b e
-~
~
c~
.
~
~
~
.—
Where carried.
Pins, keep, split, 4.in. x5-in.
Pin,,lincb, 2nd class “C” capped
wheels, (spare)
Pin, locking, shield pawl (spare)
Pin, draught, No. 3 (spare)
Plate, locking nut, pipe box, 2nd
class, “C” wheels (spare)
Pump, air, two stage, horizontal,
No.2
Primers, percussion, Q.F. oar.
tridges, No. 1 (in tin box)
(spare)
Ropes, drag,light 0.8. .. pairs
Screwdriver, U.S., 4-in
Screw,, lubricating hole, boss.
head ~‘c-in. x 4-in. (spare)
Shovels, 0.8
Spades
Springs, shield paw!, Q.F. 13 and
18-pr. (spare)
Springs, sight clinometer (spiral)
QS. 18-pr. (spare)
Springs, plunger, traversinglever,
Q.F. l8.pr. (spare)
— Tray, small stores, lower.
— Tray, small store,, lower.
On platform board.
Tray, small stores.
Tray, small stores, upper (in
rectangular box).
On platform board.
On “off” side of limber box.
Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, upper (in
rectangular tin box).
Tray, small stores, upper.
} Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, upper.
In box, strapped on top, at
rear oflimber box.
Tray, small stores.
ill
lii
lii
ii
2
1
It~
1
itt
4
‘ 5
2f
f One each sido of limber box.
( Per battery.
§ Per section.
ft I per 3 guns.
6 6
CARRIAGE OF STonEs—cant.
2. Stores carried on limbers— cant.
Articles.
,~
a
SD
.3
.~
c3.
Wherecarried,
Straps, supporting, front (spare)
Straps, supporting, rear (spare)
Straps, trace ... (spare)
Springs, catch, limber and perch
hooks (spare)
Springs, disc, No. 6 2 (spare)
Springs, firing gear (spare)
Swingletrees, Nos. 1OA or 11
(spare)
Syringe, extracting liquid ...
Traces, saddlery pairs
Tug,, trace (spare)
Washers, drag, 2nd class “C”
capped wheels ... (spare)
Wrench, adjusting, No. 7 dial
sightand carrier
2
1
2
l~
1’~
1~’
1
1’
1
2
if
J*
2
1
2
—
1
—
1
‘5
~
~
-
1 On platform board.
J
Tray, small store,, upper.
1 Tray, small stores, lower.
~3nplatform board.
Under lower tray, small
stores.
On platform board.
f
Inboxonfootboard,”noar”
side.
Tray, small stores, upper.
* Per section. t Oneeach side of limber box.
~ When limbers are fitted with newpattern hooks.
*~4 per batter~t.
6 7
CARRI AGE OF STORES— cant.
3.— STORES CARRIED ON WAGONS,
Articles. No. Wlmere carried.
Bar, testing, rocking-bar sight, Q.F.
13 and 18-pr
Blanket,, G.S.
Box, bar, testing, rocking-bar sight,
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Box, lamp, siege, to hold 2
Boxes, grease, 3-lb
Bush, testing, sighting, 3-3-in. (c) ...
Cartridge, Q.F. 18-pr.
Cases, saw, hand
1(a)
2
1(a)
1~
2
l~
38
2
In box, on platform board.
On top of ammunition box.
On platform board.
On footboard.
Under platform board.
In tray, small stores.
In ammunition box.
Lid of ammunition box,
Catch, limer hook, No. 2 (spare)
Clips, cartridge, Q.F. 18-pr. ...
Grease, lubricating lb.
Handspike, common, 6 -ft
Implements, ammunition—
i~ys,No. 18 (setting fuze) ...
Indicator, Lure, Q.F. 18-pr
Kettles, camp, oval, 12.qts. ,..
Lamps, siege
~ ~:~: ~
1’~
38
6
1
2
1(L~)
—
2))
~
In tray, small stores,
On cartridges.
In boxes.
Under perch. -
In tray, small stores.
On top of ammunition box
of firing battery wagons.
Under wagon, as required.
In box.
} Under wagons, as required.
* Per section, § When limber, are fitted with newpattern hooks.
f For each ammunition wagoncarrying a spare No. IS pole.
~Per battery, carried in A. sub-section. ~ 4 per battery.
Sper battery.
(a) Per battery, carried in F. sub-section.
(I) Per sub-section.
(c) When existing bushes become unserviceable they will be con.
silered obsolete.
6 8
CARRIAGE OF ST0RES— cont,
3. Stores carried oem Wagons— cant.
Articles.
No. Where carried.
Line, white, 1.lb. skeins
Nut, actuating screw, carriage, Q.F.
13 and 18-pr (spare)
1
1~
Under tray, small stores.
In tray, small stores.
Ordnance, Q.F.—
Bush, firing hole ... (spare)
Pole, draught, No. 18 (spare)
Rope, picketing, 6 0-ft
Saws, hand, 26 -in ...
~t
2(b)
1
2
In tray, small store,.
Under porch.
On platform board.
In cases,saw, hand.
Spanner, No. 93
-
1(b) In case, side of ammunition
box.
Spanner, No. 26 7
Spindle, catch, limber hooks, No. ‘2
(spare)
Spring, catch,limber and perch hook
(spare)
Spring, spiral (clocktype),range gear,
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.... (spare)
Valise, horse-shoe
1(a)
1~l
It
j*
1
In box, on platform board,
In tray, small stores.
In tray, small stores. -
In tray, small stores.
Front of ammunition box.
Valises, tools, shoeing, wheelers or
saddlcrs — Front of ammunition box.
* Per section. ~ Per battery carried in “A” sub-section.
~When limbers are fitted with newpattern hooks.
(a) Per battery carried in F. sub-section.
(b) Per sub-section,
69
SUPPLEMENT FOR GUNS ON MARK I
CARRIAGE.
CHAPTER I.
No. 1.
TO ASCERTAIN if the buffer is properly FILLED, the
gun is unlimbered and elevated a few degrees. The ifihing.
hole plug on the tank and the air-valve is removed. Oil
should be seen in thetank, which, however, should never be
quite full.
If atankis not fitted. The gun is unlimbered andbrought
horizontal. The filling hole plug is removed, and the control
plunger should be seen to be just covered with oil.
CHAPTER IL
Section 17. 10 minutes will be added instead of 20.
CHAPT E R I V .
Test 3. Jump will be taken as — 7 minutes unless it has
been determined for the particular equipment.
- CHAPT E R V .
1, List of lubricators delete “reouperator, bottom guide.”
70
RE GUPE RAT OR AND BUFFER.
General precautions.
(i) Before firing.
Care should be taken to see that the buffer is correctly
charged, that there is no leakage at tho gland, that the
cylinder is firmly nutted up to the lug of the gun, and the
~piston rod to thefront cap,
~(ii) In action.
Fault. Cause. Remedy.
~ ~Excessive length
~‘ recoil
t~Violent recoil
Gun runs out slug.
JJ gishly
of Worn piston Replace.
... Loss of liquid from
buffer cylinder
Hot air or gas in buffer
cylinder
:
-
S
-
Weak or broken springs
Valve in tank out of
order
Replenish.
Elevate gun and on.
screwair valve.
If without tank, depress
the gun and unscrew
the control plunger a
fewturns.
Replace.
Rectify.
~
Gun runs outviolently Loss of liquid from
butler cylinder
Replenish.
(iii) When guns are resting in action.
Cool thebore. Allowair to escape fromthebufferby means
of the air valve, gun elevated. If without tank, depress the
gun andunscrewthe control plunger afewturns. Replenish
the buffer. Tighten packingsif necessary.
71
(MARK I CARRI AGE , )
APPENDIX.
- CARRI AGE OF S T ORE S .
i. Stores carried on carriage.
Articles. No. Where carried.
Axe, pick 1 Under trail.
Brush, breechscrew 1 In tool case, rear of shield.
Can, lubricating, No. 9 1 In wood block, rear of shield.
Carrier, No. 7 dial sight, No. 2 ... 1 On shield, in case.
-~ Case, keys, setting fore ~t On shield,
Case, held chinometer, No. I ... 1* On shield.
Case, No. 7, dial sight and No. 2
carrier, Q.F. 13 and 18-pr. .,. I On shield.
Case, sight clinometer 1)- On shield.
~ Case, spare parts 1 On shield.
~ Case, spare sightclinometer 1~On left tensilestay.
Case, tools 1 On axletrce.
~ Cleaner, plasaba, No. 18 1 in tubular trail.
~ Cleaner, wool, No. 1 1 In tubular trail.
s Clinometer, field l~ On rear of shield.
\ Chinonseter,sight ,,. (spare) ~l In case, on left tensile stay.
Chinometer,sight 1 In case, on shield.
Cover, breech 1 l~On gun; when not in use,
Cover, muzzle, No. 1 1 J strapped to frontof shield
Cover, eccentric, brake gear I On eccentricof brake gear.
Drift, No.12 1 Inleather case, on shield.
Funnel, filling, cylinder, No. 1 . -. 1 In tool case, rear of shield.
Gauge, striker protrusion, No. I .. - 1 In leather case, on shield.
Hammer, claw, 24-oz. 1 In tool case, rearofshield,
Implements, ammunition—
Keys, No. 18 (setting fore) ... 2 In tool case.
*Persection. t Components of carriage. § Per battery.
72
1. Stores carried on carriage— cant.
Articles. No. Whore carried.
Indicator, furs, Q.F.,18-pr
Key, removing lammed cartridges,
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Lanyard, firing, No. 15
Oil, Rangoon pints
Ordnance—
Catch, retaining, breech screw
(spare)
Pin, axis, oatch, B.M. lever (spare)
Pins, firing . (spare)
Springs, main ... - (spare)
Springs, safety catch (spare)
Springs,trigger ... (spare)
Springs,tripping piece (spare)
Striker (spare)
Pliers, flat nose pair
Posts, aiming
ltopes, drag, heavy, 30-ft. pair
Screw-driver, U.S., 4-in
Shovels, U.S
Sight, dial, No. 7
Spanner, adjustable, 15-in
Spanner, adjustable, 11-in
Spanner, No. 244
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. 123...
Spanner, hydraulicbuffer, No. 123.,,
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. 129.,.
Spanners, H.B. No. 16 2 with tommy,
No.37(a)
Spanners,II.B.,No. 16 3 (a)
Spanner,, H.B., No. 16 3,
5
Mark 1 1 (a)
Tool, withdrawing splitpins
On shield.
In toolcase, “A” sub-section.
In tool case, rear of shield.
In lubricating can.
In leather ease, on shield.
In leather ease, on shield.
In leather case, on shield.
In leather ease, on shield.
In leather case, on shield.
In leather case, on shield.
In leather case, on ahield.
In leather case, on shield.
In tool case, rear ofshield.
On front of shield.
On front of shield.
In leather case, on shield.
Right tensile stay.
On shield, in case,
In tool case, rear ofshield.
In tool ease, rear of shield.
In tool case, rear of shield.
In tool ease, rear of shield.
In tool case, rear of shield.
In tool case, rear of shield
In tool case, rear of shield.
In tool case, rear of shield.
In toolcase, rear of shield.
Intool case, rear of shield.
1
11
1
1*
2
It
2t1
1
1
I
1
1
I
1
I
1
1
1-f
*Per section. t Components of carriage. ~1 per 3 guns.
(a) Carriages fitted with tank for hydraulic buffer,
73
2. Stora8 carried on lianbere,
~L
Articles. I a -~ .! Where carried.
Axes, felling, curved helvo ... I — On platform board.
Axes, pick I 2 Under centrefutchel limber.
Bar, supporting draught pole, 1 1~On plstforns board.
No. 3 (spare)
Blanket,, U.S 2 2 On top of limber box.
Box, grease, 3-lb 1 1 Under platform board,
“near” side.
Box, dustcap, and drag washer 11 — On topof limber box, atrear.
Breastpiece 1 1 On platlorm board.
Brushes, water, carriage 1 1 Under platform board,
“near” side.
Bu~ket*, water, U.S., canvas ,.. 12 0 In wirenet receptacles,
Cans, lubricating, No. 13, for Ran. 1 1 \
goon oil Underplatform hoard,”ofl”
Cane, lubricating, No. 13, for I I f side.
mineral oil J
Cap,dust,2nd. class, “C,”capped 1~* In box, strapped on top, at
wheels, No. 1 (spare) rear, of limber box,
Carrier, ammunition, Q.F. 13 and 1 1 Under blankets.
18-pc.
Cartridges, Q.F. 18-pr 24 38 Inammunition box.
Case, No. 3, lubricatingcan ... 2 2 Under platform bosrd,”ofl”
~ido.
Clip,, cartridge, QJ?, 18-pr. .. 24 38 On cartridges.
Cloths, sponge S Undertray, small stores,
Collar,, adjusting, 2nd class,” 0.” 1(1 — Tray, small stores, lower.
capped wheels (spare)
Covers, breech 2 2 On rifles, front of amnzuni-
tion box,
Crowbars, 4-ft. 1-in 1~— On platform board.
Files, smooth, flat, 0-In I — Tray, small stores, tower.
* Persub-section. § Persc-etlon. j) Per battery.
74
2. Stores carried on liznbers— cant.
Articles.
r
d
~
~
\Vhere carried.
Piles, smooth, hand. safe-edge, 1 Tray, small stores, lower.
8-in.
Files second cut, half round, 6 -in. I — Tray. small stores, lower.
Grease, lubricating .. lbs. 3 3 In groase box.
Handle, file, small 1 — Tray, small stores, lower,
Hooks, bill 1 1 Underplatformboard,”off”
side.
implements, ammunition—
Holder, cartridge — 11 Undertray, small stores.
Keys, No. 17 (fixingfurs) ... it I t Tray, small stores.
Keys, No. 27 (primer) ‘-— 1~Tray, small stores.
Keys, No. 18 (settingfuze) ... 2t 2 Tray, small storee.
Key, split, flat, 1” x4” (spare) I — Tray, small stores, lower.
Line, Hambro I I On platform board.
Oil, mineral (for buffers) pts. 2 2 In cans, lubricating.
OiI,Ilangoon pta. 13 13 incans,lubricsting.
Pins, oapsquare (spare) Ijj — Tray, small stores, lower.
Pins, keep, split—
,‘,in. xl3in 1
5~~
lfl. x l3ia 1
,‘ in. x l~in (spare) 3 Tray, small stores, upper
3 in. x 1 in 2 (in “box, spare springs,
3 in. x 23in I
3m. x l3in (spare) 9
?
0
in, xl in 1
3 in. x5 In. - 1 Tray, small stores, tower.
Pins, lineb, 2nd ol~ss, “0,” 1() Tray, small stores, lower,
capped wheels (spare)
Pinø,looking shield pawl (spare) 1(( — Tray, small stores, Inner,
Pins, draught, No. 3 ...(spare) 1 — Tray, small stores, lower.
t Lower tray. ~ 1 per 3 guns. Per battery.
75
2. Stores carried on llxribers— cont.
Articles.
C
be
.~
~
.
~
~,
~
V~’berecarried.
Plate, locking nut, pile box, 2nd 1~ Tray, small stores, upper.
class, “C, ‘wheels (spare)
Plugs, tillinghole,hydraulicbuffer, l~— Tray, small stores, inner.
No 12 (spare)
Ptimers, percussion, Q.P., cart- — 4 Tray, small stores.
ridges, No. I (in tin box) (apare)
Rings, compressed packing, by- 2 — Tray, small stores, upper.
draulicbuffer (spare) each in round tin box.
Ropes drag, light, U.S. ... pairs — I On platform board,
Screw.’drivcr, 0.8., 4-in — 1 Tray,sniallstores.
Screws, lubrieatin~hole, boss- 2 — Tray, small stores, upper (in
rectangular box).
head, — in. x 3 in, (spare) 2 On platform board. -
Shovel,, U.S 1
Spade . 1 2ff On off sIdes of limber box.
Spring, catch, limber and perch 1 ~— Tray, small stores, upper.
hooks (spare)
Springs, disc, No. 6 2 ...(,pare) 1** — Tray, small stores, lower.
Springs, firing gear ...(spare) I** — Tray, small stores, loser.
Springs, shield pawl ...(sparc) 111 — Tray, small stores, lou-er.
Springs, sight clinometer (spirall 1 — Tray, small stores, upper (in
(spare) rectangular box)
Springs, plunger, traversing lever l~— Tray, small stores, upper.
(spare)
Straps, supporting, front (,pare) 2 2 On platform board.
Straps, supporting, rear ...(spare) I 1 j
Straps, trace (spare) 2 2 On platform board.
§ Per section. Per battery.
tt I on each side of body. • 4 per batt~ry.
~ When limbers arefitted with newpattern hooke.
H 1 per 3 guns.
76
2. Stores carried on limbers—Cant.
Articles.
~
C
ca
-~
~
~‘
~
~
Where carried.
Stud, retaining stuffing box, by-
dranhiebuffer (spare)
Swingletree, Nos. 1Os~or ii
1
1
—
I
Tray, small stores, upper (in
rectangular tin box)
On platform board.
(spare)
Tools, packing gland, Q.F. 18-pr.
Collar
Ping
Tools, withdrawing ring support-
ingpacking, Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Traces, saddlery pairs
Tugs, trace (spare)
\Vaehors, drag. 2nd Class, “C,”
capped wheels (spare)
Washers,paekiog.hydraulicbuffer
sets (spare)
Wrench, adjusting, No. 7, dial
sights and carrier
11
1~
1*
1
2
1
2
lb
—
—
~
1
2
—
—
—
Tray, small stores, upper (in
round tin box).
Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, upper.
On platform board.
On platform board.
In box strapped on top at
rear oflimber box.
Tray, small stores, upper (in
round tin box).
Tray, small stores, upper.
§ Per section, * For sub-section.
17
~. S tore, carried on wagons.
Articles. No. Where carried.
Apparatus adjusting, running-out 1ff On platform board.
springs, Q.F., 18-pr.
Bars, testing roeking-barsight, Q.F. 1(a) In box, on platform board.
13 and 18-pr.
Blankets, U.S. 2 On top of ammunition box.
liox, bar testing rocking-bar sight, 1(a) On platform board.
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Box, lamp, siege, to hold 2 l~ On footboard.
Boxes, grease, 3-lb 2 Under platform board.
Bush, testingsighting, 3.3iu, ... ~ In tray, small stores, A. sub.
section.
Cartridges, Q.F. 18-pr 38 In ammunition box.
Cases, saw, hand 2 Lid of ammunition box.
Catches, limber hook, No. 2.,.(spare) 19 In tray, small stores.
CUps, cartridge, Q.F. 18-pr 38 On cartridges.
Covers, apparatus, adjusting, run- if f On platform board.
fling-out springs
Grease, lubricating 6 In boxes.
Iiandspike,common, 0 feet ... 1 Ui~derpereh.
Implements, ammunitIon—
Keys, No. 18 (setting fuse) ... 2 In tray, small stores.
Indicator, fuse, Q.F. 18-pr 1~ Ontopofatnmunitionboro
firing battery wagons.
Kettles, camp, oval, 12-quarts — Under wagon, as required.
Lainps,sicge 2(d) In box.,,.
I Per battery. When existing bushes become unserviceable th.y
will be considered obsolete.
* Per section. ft l’er battery, carried in A sub-section.
Por sub-section. (a) Per battery, carried in F sub-section.
§ When limbers are fitted with newpattern hooks
§ ~4 per battery. (ci) 8per battery.
‘7’8
3. Stores carried on wagons— cotsl.
Article,.. No, Where carried.
Lashing, tarred, 1.in. x 20-feet ..,
Lashing, tarred~i’m. x 10-feet ...
Line, white, 1 Ib, skeins
Nut, actuating screw, carriage, Q.F.
13 and 18-pr. (spare)
Ordnance—
Bush, firing hole (spare)
Pole, draught, No. 18 . ..(spare)
Rope, picketing, 6 0-feet
Saws, hand, 26 -In
Spanner, No. 93
Spanner, No, 26 7
Spindle, catch, limber hook, No. 2
(spare)
Spring,oatch,limber and perch book
(spare)
Spring, spiral (clock type), range
gear, Q,F., 13 and 18-pr, (spare)
Valise, horse shoe
V~lises,tools (shoeing, wheeler,, or
~addlcrs)
if
3t
1
1*
1(b)
2~
I
2
I~
1(a)
13
13
1
I
—
Under wagon, as required,
Under wagon, as required.
Under, tray, small stores.
In tray, small stores.
-
In tray, small stores.
Under perch.
On platform board.
In cases, saw, hand.
In case, side of ammunition
box.
in box, on platform board.
In tray, small store,..
in tray, small stores.
In tray, small store,.
Frontof ammunition box.
Front of ammunition box.
Per section.
f For each ammunition wagon carrying a spare No. 18 pole.
Per sub-section. -
§ When limbers are fitted with newpattern Looks.
(e) Per battery. carried in Fsub-section.
(I) Per battery.
Printed under theAuthority ci ills Ma)esty’s Stationery times
ByIliaaisos ,~ SoNs, ~ (4— 47, St. MartIn’s Lane, W,O.~.
MILIT4 El’ 1 0001 (. S ’, p ubd the d by Aut/tor(3Sy— contlnued.
• (As to prices in braoketa~see top of page 2.)
Nursing Service. Queen Mexanilra’s ImperIal Military. Ilegulatiens
for Admission to the 1021. Id. (Id.)
&, als o 1Losl’I T AI .s eñii T E RI I I T 081AZ, FORCN.
Omccrs Died in the Great War, 1914-19, Itoh. of. Part I, Old and
NewArmies, j’art ii, Territorial Force. Is. (3d. ~5s.Id.)
Omcers Training Corps :— -
Regulations. 1912. (ReprInted, with A,neiidtiiciits to April1916 ). 2~.(Sd .)
Do. (Inns ofCourt.) Id. (iL)
Regulations, June 1921. Is. (led.)
- ~pecia1 A.O. Maceli 133, 191)8, (Out ofprint)
Junior Division. Instructions tot the Annual Camps, 1921, (3d. ((3d.)
Report on theexamjnrtttori for Certificate~‘ A” held liiMarch,
11(20, for Cadets of theJunior nud Senior DivisIon. Is. (lid.)
Optics. Notes oil. (Out of pt-iso
Orange Free State Topographical Survey, 1005-1011, Iteporton
the. lOs. (7.s.)
Ordnance College. &e cites AlvrILLExrr CoattcGtf
Advanced Classes. Reports on
U1, to thelOot. I.iachi Is. (Pd.)
13th. (3 d . (Id . )
~tithi. 1:. (lOt.)
Artiflcers. Islilitary’. llatidbook fur. 10th )~ditIon. 1915. Pd. (Pd.)
Dynamics. Notes on. Second Edition. 3i. (as. Sd,)
• Ordnance Courses, Reports en
Up to the 16 th. Each is. (911.)
17th. Pd. (Id.)
18th. 1*. tid. (Is. 2d,)
19th, 1~. (3d, (I s, I d.)
Regulations. 1907, Id. (ad.)
Ordnance Corps. Army. StandIng Orders. 1912. (ltepchtted, with
Amendments, 1917). (3d. ((3d.)
Ordnance manual (War). 1914. (3d. (Sd.)
Ordnance Service. Treatise en. Seventh EditIon. 1908. WIth volume ci
plates, Is. (3d, (Is. Oil.) ; Amendments. Jui,e 1909, lice. 1910, Dec. 1912.
Each ld. (3d.); 1)0., Dec. 1909, Dee. 1911, Each 3d. (Id.)
Ordnance Services. Army. Regulations
Part I. 1912. (Jicprinted,wIth Amendments uptoJuly 1,1915). (3d. (7d.)
Do. Amendments, Jan. 1018. AppendIxXII. Extract from the lirgula.
timis for Magazine,, &c. Id. (id.)
Do. Ametidment,, .ln;i. 1918. AppendIxXX. Id . (1 4.)
Do. Sept. 1920. Id. (ld,)
Part II. 1914. InstructIons for Laboratories an,i Laboratory Operstietis,
lixaminotton of Explosives atid Ordnance. 1914. (flepiluted
with Amendments publiehed In Army Orders up to and
IncludIng l)ec. I, 19133). lo. ‘3d. (Is. 3d.)
Do. (separately). Amen,htnents, Dee. 1918. (Iticludln g Appendices XI.,
XIV. and XV., as amended in this Regulations). ad. (2d.t
Do. Amendments, Aug., Oct. 1917. Bach ld. (hi.) -
(17)
(ii 15497)2
Id/LI TAR I’ !3OOA~’, put-tithed hg AiMorlty— contInue,i.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Pathological Specimens In the Museum of the Army Medical Depart.
Inent, Netley. i)eocripthve Ustahogue nf. Third Edition, Vol. 1. fly Sir
W. Aitten, M.l). 1(392, ha- (ac. Sd.>
Pay, Appointment, Promotion, and Non-Bftectivo Pay of the
Army. Royal IVarrant. 1914. (lfprtnted 1111(3.) is. (ic.); A’iiond&neiits, Ac.,
published In Army O,-de;s between Dec. 1, 1914, ,uul Aug~I, 1918. Itt. (lid.)
• Pay DutieS of Oflicers Cominaudhtig Squadrons, flatteries, Ciiziip~iile~, Ac,
InstructIons. (hle’iioeit for the period ,‘t the War). I. ihoin~azol Colonies,
11, In the Field, June1918, lit, (Id.) Soc also Taztlt;-ro,n4,. I’oac~.
Pay for Soldiers. Increase of, Iloyal \%a,-rsut, Dec. 1,3017. With (lie
- . As-soy Council’s Itzotruehonc thereon, and with Amendments to the
cieparathon Allowanco Jtrgitlaticins— Famlly Alloisance. (Special Army
Order, Dee. 4, 11*17),, Id. (14.)
Fee mm, 1I’AMILO Ats.ow~w,:and Sl1)’.sIttTION AttowArceic.
Pay of Officers ant Allowance for Ollic~ro OIdlhi’en, 1103-al iVan-ant,
,Jim. 25, 1918; wIth the Army Council’s Instructions thereon, ~tul liegula.
(tons. (Special Army Order, JaI , . 26 . 191(3). Id, (Id,)
Physical Training. Manu,tl of. (ReprInt 1908 *eltl, ‘Ancezotmncuts
publicized In Army Order, to 1)ec, 1, 1914). Pd. (911.)
Physiology, Elementary, In Ito relatIon to hygIene. Feb. 1919. 3d,, (14,)
• .S’cg also htvOItioE iindSCi,()OL8.
Place-names occurring on Foreign Maps. Rules for the Tranelhte.r,t-
tiort ut, 11*19, Is. (3d . (is. Id .)
Portable flub— target (Mark1), and flew to Use it. 1911. (liepriute,i, with
Ann-nd ,nc’ute, 11114). Id. (Id.)
Postal Services. Army. Manual of. War, 1111. (Iheprhzited, wIth
.4 inetimti,,ents, 1915). 3m1. (3d.) • • -
Projection, &c. Linear l’ennpeetive. A Text flook for use of th~11.91.
4tessteltcy. i’artl.— TesL Part ii.— l’lates. 11*04. (3g, (4e. Oil.)
Promotion of Lieutenants of the Army Veterinary Corps,
Special Reserve, rind Territorial Force. S-s 11 CLI’ AI,C.OWA~,CI1.
Protractor. Service, For use In Mop Reading Classes. Id. (Id.)
.Fre muss IIIAL’ I(EA1,INO,
Publications (Recent) of Military, Interest. List of. Quarterly.
• Nec. I to 1* (except 1, :3, 5 and 33, siLl of print), Id (Id.) each ; No,. 9 to I?, 4d.
(4il,) each. Coiztunzed hg Tiei’: ARILY Jlovti’w.
Railway Distances, Ireland. llaiutI,ook of. l’hiird fldItio~. 1884. is. (3d.
‘ O s . It. )
RaiLway Manuril CW’ar). 1011. (ltc-prhiiteI,wltli tinemumhunetit,, 1914). (3d, (Id.)
Railways, Military. Ifcco,,r,alosancee nnmt Sorvoy of, Notes on, For
Oilic,ers ml It,h~,Itsitway CompanIes. 1010, ifs. Oil,
Range-Finder 1ianclbook~:— 1-
Infantry No. 1. (Marluctln). 11111. hit. (lId.)
Do. ~o. 2. (Barr suit Strouil), .31’S-inches base. 191*3, id, (Sd,)
Ranges. Miniature Cartridge. (ltepriuutad from ¶ 11113 Muir Maclaw,
J
8
ii liars’. tIll 4), 3d. (3d.)
Rang-eta)cers. InstructIons (or theTraining of, with the Artillery hangs.
tinder, Id, (Id.)
• (181
AIILITA1 fF EOOA’d puàUt/lsd ~gAsotdority—conttnued,
• • (As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Banging. Ihamples of. See Astrit.Lzay, Tiunciaci, Fiarin.
Rations. Army. TheIr Bearing etc the Efficiency of the Soldier. By
1 ). Nott l’s~rore,M. D. , F.U,S., Professor oh l’hysiology, University of
• Glasgow. lId. (34.) •
Recruiting for the Regular Army- and the S peoial Reserve.
liegulsttona. 1912. (Reprinted, wIth Aniendnienta to Aug. 31, 1914), .3d, (ad.)
Do. 1921). • • (Inflit press)
Recruits’ Table Card. (Provisional.) Sept. 1020. (3d. ((3d,)
Remount Regulations. 1913. 3d, (3d.)
Reserve. See a(ssSPECIAL hhaSItItvB and TanaITomAs. Fozica
Army Reserve, Class I. Regulations. 1911. Id. (14.)
Do. Amendments, June1913. Id . (14.)
National Reserve. htegulations. 1913. ProvisIonal, 14. (Id.)
Reviewof New Orders, DecorationsandGallantry Medals, &o. -
(RevIsed, Nov. 1920.) lId. (4d,) -
Rifle. Enfield 1914 Pattern. See Muslugriur J1Em5ULArloaS, Part I,
Rifle. Ross Magazine ‘303-Inch. Mark 1ii~. llandt,ook of the. 1915.
(Reprinted, with Amendments, 1911). Id, (Id.)
Rifles,,,&o. Cleaning of. Notes on the. 1911, ‘25for 6 4. (74.)
Rifles, S hort and Charger-loading, Magazine, Lee-E sifteld.
Ilandbook for Serjeant instructors of Special Reserve, Officers Training
Corps, ~nd Territorial Pores in regard to the Care, Inspection, etc., of, 3d.
(3d.) • • -
Russo-Japanese War z
Medical and SanItary Iteports from omeens attached to the Japanese
and Russian Forces In the Field. 1908. Si, (Is. hod.)
• Official History. Part I. Causes of the War. Opening evente up to
and Including the Battle of the Ye-lu. SecoOd llditIon. 1009. Ie. (3d.
• - (is. 3d.); l’art II. From the Battle of theYe-luto Ltao.yang, exclusive,
• 190(3. 5*. (3s. Sit.); i’artIII. This Siege of PortArthur. 11*09. 4g. (3d,
(Is. 4d.); l’art IV. Liao.yang. 1010. 4s. (35.); l’art V . Sha-.Ilo.
1011. 4g. (3d. (3s.M.) •
Official history (Naval and’ Military). Vol. I. To Aug. 34, 1904. WIth
ease of Mai’s. 1910. , lSs. (lOs. 14.) ; Vol. Ii. Liao-yang, The Slims-ho,
Port Artlsur, With ca,e of Maps. 1912. Its. (lOs. 104.) - Vol. III, -
San’DePu, Muk,leñ, theSea of Japan, With caseof Maps. 71k (45s. (11L)
• • Reports from British Officers attached to the Japanese and ItusaIan
Teresa in the Field, In three vole,, with two eases of Maps (not told
separately). 31*. (lbs.) -
S alisbury Plain. S outhern Command. Standing Ord ers epphlcable
to all .troopa encamped on Salisbury Plato, and applIcable geu~raIlyto
• • Troops Quartered at lhuhtord and Tldwerth. 1913. (ReprInted, wIthAmend’
meats, 1015). 3d, (3d.)
S anitation in its application to Military Life. Manual’of. March
1920. (With Diagram.) 04. (94.)
~oabLee. See MacdelL fliesavzaa. • • ~, •
• ‘ • (19)
fth/I.JTAUY BOOA~S,piibhslied h~,.dufhoi-tty-— eoutlnued.
(A~to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
S chools. Army;—‘- -
Annual Reports on. 1913-12; 1012-13, Each le. (94.)
Military and other Terms, ~nd Words which Occur jim Orders.
Lists of. 11)16 . (Reprin3ed11)1(3.) 74. (34.)
Physiology, Rlemeutary. llimdt,ook. I 9131. 3d, (Id.)
See 0(50 I1i-oIs~~;PnrsroLoay i and (below) Sc~ooi~ Ibruiesa.
Iteg-ulations. 1911. 4d. (44.)
School ~Xyg-tene. flaniitzookof. ParTeachers. 6 4, •(6 i14
• See 01,0 ltycjrmnea; PierszoZozgy; ,2,zil ~aboi-e)?irvsioIoo~.
Singing In, Regulations for TeachIng. 1913, Id. (14.) -
8tandlrag Orders for Inspectors, Rxasniners, unit Teachers, 1910. 6 4.
(5d.~
Scoute, .Training and tTse of. Lectureby Col. F. C. Carter. 1005. 24.
S crews. S tandard LeadIng. Provision of, for Serew.cnttlszg Lathes.
Iteport of Committee. 1005. 0*. (104.)
Separation Allowance Allotment* of Pay and Pamily Allow.
anee. Army. Regulations for the 1s~mceof. ~0l8. (34. ~3zi.)
See also FANn.r Attowiaca cad PAY 2~oRSoLulans.
S ervice Corps. Army:— -
• Regimental S tanding Orders, 1911. ‘ (Ciii olyrtut)
Do. Amendmc~ta.Id.(Id.);A.B.C. Memoramulumn, No. 2$. Id. (14.)
Training’, Psi-ti. 10130. (lteprinted,with Mneuilmectts, 0918). Pd. (1)4.)
• D~. Part ii. ~uppI1eo. 11)09. (ReprInted 1014., with newAp.
pcndix3(.Ii,) is. 34. (is. 14.) •
Do. Part III. Transport, 1011. (IiOpriflted, with Anjeodments
to April 19(0), 04. (94.)
• , Do. Part XV. Mechanical Transport. (tIntof pr(n(l
Sevastopol. S iege of. 3854-55. 3 s’ole., with Cues of Mep4 end Plans.
1 5 alt Morocco, £5 45. • Cloth, £4 4$.
• Orseparately 2— Vol. I. Itngineer Operathorme. .~1t~s,; V ol. I I . to.
With Case of Maps and Plane, £2 los.; Voi,, III. Artillery Opera’
• tions. lOs,
Sewage. Practical Treatmentof, The latest developusentof. 2903. 04.
(14,)
S hoeburyness Gaz’z’lslbn. StandIng Orders. 1013. 1*. 6 4. (Is. 3d.)
S iege Operations I n time Campaign against Pmance, 1870-71. Vozi Tints-
nixon.) Translated. 4s. 44, (Os. ltd.)
Signal Service. The .A.rni3i’. 3d . (14.)
Do. Army. Manna! of— War. l’ros-islona). 1914. 24. (24.)
S ignal T raining:—
Partl. V1snatTetegraplc~. 1910. Is. (lid.)
l’art Ii. (l’i-ovlslonal). Methods of jntorcommnunlcatlon (otli~r thinl
Visual) Oml’lOyIld In Forss-artl Areas, (2s.) (le. lid.)
Part. VI, Procedure, 391$, ii. (104.)
l’srtVII, Signal Orgauiration. 04. ~6 d.)
S mall W’ars. Their Principles and PractIce. ThIrd lldfttcn, 2008
(1leprtnte~t,1000). 4*, (So.) -
(20)
.~t(1L1TAJeYBOOA’S. pub&Aeil by 4mdhority— comitlnimed.
(As to prices in brackets, eee top of page 2.)
S oldiers Died in the tkeat War, 1014-10:—-
Part 3. Royal Oarrioon ArtIller.y. Is. 64. (Os. 3d.)
Part 9. The Itiugs Own (Royal Lancaster l(eglment). Os. (Os. 94.)
Part 13. The Itimig’s (Liverpool Regiment). Ii. 6 4. (5*.)
Part 16 . The Pevon~h1reRegIment. So. (is. ed.)
Pert 18. Prince A1bert’~(Somerset LIghtInfantry) 2s, (3d. (Is. 304.)
Po~b20. Royal Irish Iteglnsent. 2e. lid. (is 101.)
Part 21. The Cheshire Ileglmnent. ts. (Os, lid.)
l’arf 28, TIse 3Zo~-nlWelch Fusilh’rs. 5s. (Os. ed.)
Part 30. The 1~i~igs Own Scettlsh BorLierore. ho. (30.04.)
Part 81. TIme Camnc’ronlans (Scottish RIfles). Os.~’(30. ((4,)
Part 32. TheRoyal Innlakilliimg S’uallIers. Se. (Is. lid.)
•Pei-t 33, The(11ou~estora1mlreRegIment. Si. (3g. (3d.)
l’itrt 00. ThePast Surrey Regiment. Is. • (Is. 6 4.)
l’n-rt 81, Th~Puleo of Cornwall’s Light Imifantry. ‘2*. lid, (1*. 304.)
Port40, The Royal Simesex lleglmnent. 5*. (Is. lid.)
• Pert 41, The ilmunpabire Regiment. Is. (30. *3~1). -
• 1’a~t 43, TIme 1)orsetshireRegIment. 2s. 1)4. (Is. 104.)
PaCt 47. TheOxfar,lehireamid Bmickimmghatnehlre Light Infantry. Is. (Ii. *34.)
- Pert 50. TheLoyal North b5ncashlro lieginirut. Os. (‘30.114.)
Part 52, The l’rrmmeess Charlotte of Wales (Royal flerkahlro Regiment). lbs.
(:ts. Cd.)
Part 58. Thel)uke of Iidinbmirglm’s ()Vlltslilre flegimisent). 2s. lit. (is. 104.)
Pert. 6 1. Thus York end Lancaster Regiment. Is. (Os. lid.) • -
Part do. The~~rxiots iliglilmuiders. Is. (Is. Oil.)
Pci-tOO. Time ConnmusghtRangers. is. 04. (1a. 104.)
Part 71. The I’s’Ince of Wales’s Lelnotor Reghnrmmt (Royal Cansdlans),
• 23. lid. (Is. toil.)
Part 76 . The Ilomionriibl~As-tlllery Company (tusfantry) Time Loimilon l1egI.
• ment, Inns ~f Court Oltlevrs Traltitog Corps. in one vo1snrm~,
lI e. (I ns. 44.) •
Os. seprmrafe?g :—‘-
SectIon 1. lot (C)lyol Lomilen) llattrm. (Royal Pusllls.rs). Is. (104.)
Section 2. Rid (City of Loncloim) Ilattn. (Royal Fueiders); 3rd (City of
London) Iiattn. (ltoyal 1’mssIl1~rs). Is, (1134.)
Section 3. 4th (City of Lmmmiu3o~)ha) tO. (Iloymil Jtus1ll~rmi) ‘20th (City of
Lomnlou) Ilattu, (hio’,-ai Iiuatt\ero) 80th (thty ccl Loumloim)
• • • ilmittsm. (1i0~alFmmelllers); lfononratclo ArtIIl~s-,vCorn-
- Pafly (Infantry) ; Inns of Court Olilcere Training Corps
• • lo. (ted.)
SectIon 4. 11th (CIty of London) liathim. (flifle~). 1~. (104.)
SectIon 5, 9th (County of London) tettu. (Quceil Victoria’s flIllee).
Is. (10d,)
Sectiou (I. 11th (County of London) flatt~. (Flusburv Rifles); 12th
(COunty of Lonmlorm) IlotIn. (The Ilaflgero), 2*. (204.)
SectIon 7. 20th (County of London)lIattn. (Princess Louise’s 11 enslmmg.
- 10mm haSte.); 15th (County of London) hlatto. (Prince ci
• • Wales’s Ox-si Civil Service11111cc), is, (104.)
Section 8. 16 th (Coimmmty of Lmomilon) hello. (Queens iVeeltuhsster
• • 1(111cc), lIst, 32nd, flint 34th Ilatttms. Is. (toil)
• Section 9. 0th(City ofLondohm) llattn. (OommdonflIllehJrIgadtc). IS. (led.)
- - • • • (21)
.3fZLJTAEI’ 1 1 00AY, pmmblisd ed byAul/mority—continued
(As to pricos in brackets, see top of page 2.)
S oldiers Died in the Great War, 1914.19—contdmmmed. -
l’art 76 . The itonourable ArtIllery Commipammy, etc.—.-cocmtinsed.
SectIon 10. • 8th (City of London) Battmm. (1’o~tOflice IhItIcs) ; 10th
• • (County of Lommdotm) Battu. (Rackmmey). Is. (lod,)
• Section 11, 17th (Countyof London) ButIn. (I’oplarmcnml Stepuey Rifles);
25th (County of London) Battn. (Cyclists); 28th (County
of Lommdou)Butte. (ArtIsts’ 1110cc); :136 4 liattn. 1*. (lcd.)
SectIon 12 7th (City of London) Battn.; 19th (County of London)
llattmm. (St. l’aucrmms). Is. (104.)
SectIon 13, 20th (County of London) ]hattn. (Blackhmeathu and Wool-
• wlrh). is. (104,)
Section 14, 21st (County of London) Battn. (First Surrey Rifles) 23rd
(Cemmmmty of London) Battn, is. (lod.)
• SectIon 15. 22nd (County of London) Battu. (Time Queen’s); 24th
‘(County of London) lhmtttn. (The Queen’s). is. (lOd.)
SectIon 16 . 14th (County of London) Ditto. (The London Scottish); 18th
(Connty of London) Ditto. (London li-lilt RIhies). 1~. (104.)
S oldiers, Disabled and Discharged, in ~‘ranoe, See D15A11t.ED.
Somaliland
Military Report on. 1907. Vol.5. Geographical, Descriptive, and Historical.
• - 2s. (ls.7d.)
• OperatIons 1mm 1901— 04. OfficIal History. Vol. I. Os. (is. 4d.)~ Vol. II.
45, (Os.)
S outh African War, 1899-1902;—
Medical Arrangements. 1s~90. (Is. (3d.)
Medical History. An I:pldemnlologlcal Rssay. (Reprinted from “The
• Journal ofthe hloyal Armny MedIcal Corps.”) Os. lid. (is. 94.)
Railways. 4:, (Os.)
- SurgIcal Cases Noted. Is. (3d. (Is. *14.)
• •: Telegraph Operatiomms. lOs, (7:. Id.)
- Voluntary Orgammlratioums In aid of lime Sick and Wounded
1
. Report of the
Central British lIed Cross Committee ott. 1902, is. (2s. Id .)
Special Reserve (see at so RNTIILNCc; I1x&~tnru-riosm;Ilmcsmutva)
itegimlatlons for Officers of the Special Reserve of Officers, arid fo~the
Special Resort-c. 1011. 44. (54.)
• Scheme for the Provision, Organization, and Training of th~Special
Reserve required to supplement the Regular Army, and the ApplIca-
tion of the Schemne to the existing MilItia. (Special A.O., Dee, 23,
11)07). 21. (24.)
Stations of Units of the Regular Forces, Militia, Special Reserve, and
Territorial Force. Quarterly up to No. 45, July 1914. Bach 24. (22.)
• (Smxbseqmxeiml publication suspended)
S tatutesrelatingto the War Office and to timeArmy, 1880. Is. (30.1 )0.)
Statutory Powers of the Secfetary of State, Ordnance Branch. 1879. 30.
(3s. 94.)
S team E ngines and Boilers, and Gas and Oil E ngines, ~tan-
agement of, Notes and Memoranda. 1911. 14. lid.)
Sudan Almanac. 1011. Comrmpilemi in time Iumtelllgemmce Department, Cairo.
Astronomical Calculations mads in the liommipulation Office of time
- - Survey DepartmentS, Jigyptiauu Ministry of Flmmuumee. It. 3d. (I s.)
• - • (22)
AfILITAIIY hOOKS, published Icy Anthem liy— .-eontlssued.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 2.)
Sudan. The British Force in the, • Standing Orders. 1914. 92. (Id.)
S udan. T he Anglo-E gyptian. A compendIum prepared Icy Offi~~rs of
the Sudan Government
• Vol. I . Geographical, Descriptive, amid historical (mcii0 Aibmhty’twG
• iitustrmitiomms.) lOs. (7:. 44.)
Vol. II. Routes, 7*. 6 4. (Is. Idd (Not cocmtaiimOmg chapter 111.
• Supplement (A).)
Do. In Separate Chapters. Is. ~lOd.)each
I. and Il., Nit. III. NorI.Im-hiastermm Sudan. IV. Rastern Sudan,
V. C~mitm-ai Sudan. VI, SoOth-Eastern Sumdun. VII, Ihatur-ei.
Ubmuzal. VIII. Kordofamu. I X. North-Western Sudan.
Do. Chapter VII. Supplement (A). lhabr-ei-Ohazah. Additional
• Routei. 1e. (led.)
S udanCampaign. history of the. Two parts, and Maps. 1800. 145. (lOs. lid.)
Supply Manual (War). 1009. lid. (114.)
S upply, Re-organized S ystem of, amid of Ammntmmmitiomi Smmppiy of the
hixpemiitlommmury Force in War, commeequeimt on time’ lmmtrodmmction of Mecimunical
Transport. Memoramuml-um explaining tIme. Feb. 11112. 14. (14.)
S upply, T ransport, andBarraokS ervices, hiegmmlations. 10i5. Sd, (94.)
S urveying. T opographical and Geographical. Text BOok of.
Secommd lcihitIomm. 11)13. 7s.tkt. (Is. mId.)
Do. 1005. AppemmdixXl. TahlesfertheProjectiomi of Uraticules for Squares
of 10 side on Scale of im 250,000, and for Squares of ~ side on Scale
of 1 m 125,000; with other Tables used in Projecting Maps. 4d. (4d.)
Do. 11)05. Appelidix XII. Tables for the l’rojeetion of Gratlcuhes for
Maps on the Scale otis 1,000,000. 1910. 21. (24.)
Tactical Rides and Tours on the Ground, Time preparation and Con-
duct of. Translated fromthe ihermnan, 1:, 34. (is. 14.)
T ank Training. Vol. I. f/mt the press)
Do. Vol. 15. (Ia time press)
T elegraphy and T elephony, Army. I nstruction Imi
Vol. 1. instI-umnemuts. 1908. (Repriimted, with CorrectIons, 1914). is. lid.
• (1:44.)
Vol. II. LInes. 11)00. (IteprInted, with CorrectIons, 1914). Is. (lId,)
Do. RevIsed Chmapter 1. Field Cmii,lc,. l’rovisiomual. id. (14.)
Do. Amnenmdmemit, April 1918. RevIsed para. 6 7. 14. (id)
Territorial Force. (~S~ee aloe EqtJIi-MF.5)1 amid ExAmumI8.kyxosc) m—
Cadet I nfantry T raining. Manual of. - • (Jim lAs pmeos)
Cadet List, A LIst of Cadet tJmults which h~~e received OfficIal Itttogmmi.
tiomi up to Dee. 31, 1020. So (4,. 42.)
• Cadet Units in the British I sles. ltegulatious governing the
Formation, OrganizatIon, mend Administration of. 1914. (Ilepriated,
will, Amendmn ant, in Army Orders te March 1, 11)18.) 14. (14.)
Field Kits. Ohhlcers amid Men. id. (12.)
Hospitals, General, of the, ltegnlatiousfor. 1912. 24. (24.)
Medical Corps, Royal Army. Sylhabmma of Training. 11)14. Id. (14.)
Mobilization of a T erritorial I nfantry Battalion, (ltepriated
from Fun Ansmr Jlovsaw, July 1918). 34. (34.)
• : • (23)
.IIJLITAIII’ BOO/CS, publiehsd by Autimority— comitinued.
(As to prices in bracket., pee top of page 2.)
Territorial Force— ce,mtiuiued.
Nursing S ervice. Standlmmg Or,iers. 11)12. (Reprlmtted, with Amend.
fluent,, 1914). 14. (14.)
See als o lIosI’IrALs ammst Nmj,sstvcs Snavicmt,
Pay Duties during E mbodiment. Immstrmmctions1mm. 22. (22.)
Regulations for the (including the Territorial Force Reserve),
and for County Associations. 1912. (Itm’pm-inted, wilh Amemmml-
inents Iuimbhhslme(i iii Army Orders to Dcc. I, 11114). 6 4. (3d.)
Voluntary Aid
Scheme for time Organiratiomi of, Iii Ifimglmiuui amisS iValeg. 1)ee. 1910,
- (Oimh of prini)
Do. do., Arnemmdments. 14. (id)
Do., 1mm Scotlmuni. Oct. 11111, 24. (24.)
l)o. do., Ammmeumclmuemuts. Id. (lit,)
Traotor Trials held by tIme hixperlmemutal Sub-Comnmittee of the Mechmmtnicai
Trammsport Comnnmittee at Aldersluot. Sept. anml Oct.1903. Report ott. (3d. (54,)
Training and Man~uvreRegulations. 1911, 44. (54.1
T raining Manual for Royal Army Medical Corps T erritorial
Force Cadets. (Provh~lomiaI.) Sept. 1020, 2:. 6 4. (ho. 114.)
Transport, Mechanical
ileavy l’omitoomm llrldge for use icy. 1914. I’rovisionmtl. 24. (2d.)
liegmulatlomme fort.he Appolntmuemmtm,f Inspectors of. Id. (Id.)
Transport. Pack. Noteaon. (Reprinted, with Ammiemidmoemuto, 1916 ). 14. (14.)
Troops. See IIom.rxrmm and NvMmmvin.
Trumpet and Bugle Sounds fur time Army. ~VItImimmstrmmmitiomms los the
Tralmiimmg ot Trummupeters ansi hhmmglcrs. 11114. 9sf. (84.)
Do. Ammum-mmslmmment,, Jmmly 1917, 14. (14.) -
T ype E xercises. .11cc SchooLs.
Typhoid (Anti— ) Committee. Report. 1912. 2:. Cd (Is. ilmt.)
Typhoid (Anti-) Inooulat(on Committee. h(miport on Blood Changes
tollowlmmg TyphoId Inmmculatloms. 1111)5. Is. 6 4. (is. 21.)
Urdu-Enghish Primer. ForShe mice of Colonial Am-tlllery. 1809. 15:. (hO:. 24.)
Valise Equipment. Imsitructiommo for Fitting. Bmummsioller pattermi. 1903.
24. (22.) See also 1iQu1eMm~sr.
V alparaiso. TheCapture of, iii 1891. is. (10d.I
Venerep.1 Disease. See MemIIc~IServIces.
V eterinary Corps.’ Army. Stmemmsilmug Orders. 1920. Cd. (6 2.)
Veterinary Manual (War). 1915. 1st. (14.)
Veterinary Services. Army. itegmmlatiomms., I OU)). (heprlnted, wIth
itmetmilments to Dec. 31, 1917), .~t’1. (31.1
Voluntary Aid. SeeTmmmum’omums.x. Fomncm~.
Volunteer Acts, 186 3, 186 0, 1801, 1897, amid 11)00, except where repealed.
Reprint ot: Extracts ironuJlegmmhation of time Forces Acts, 1871 and 1881, atmd
• Reserve Forces Act, 18(10; and Orders In Council of Feb. 5, 1872. Id, (Id.)
V olunteer List. Oct. 1919, 1:. 6 4. (Is. 3d.)
War Graves Commission, Imperial :— -
The Graves of the Failen. Descriptive Account, by Mr. Iimmilyard
Kipling, of the Wmrk of tIme Oomnmnimhom,; Ilhmistratlomms, by Mr. l)ouglns
Mmtcpherson, ,howlng the Cemeteries and Memnorials asthey will ahupoar
wheim completed. 114. • ((3d.)
• (24)
MIL1 I’AlfY 1 1 00/CS, published by Aulhority— ’contiimued.
(As to prices in brackets, sea top of page 2.)
War Graves Commission. Imperiai— contiuumied.
- War Graves. 110w the Cemeteries Abroad will ho DesIgned. Report
by Lieut.-Colomuel Sir 1°rcdcrldKonyomi, K.C.B., DIrector of the BritIsh
Museum. Nov. 14, 1918. 38. (3d.)
War of 1914.-18:—
l)e9pstche5(Naval meuud MilItary) relatIngto Operations in the War,—
I. Sept.. Oct., m(nut Nov. 1014. WIth List of llomuours and Rewards
• Conferred. WitiuSketch Slap. (Reprinted 1921.) I:. Cd. (Is. 2sf.)
11. Nov. 5)314 to June 1915, With Names of Officers mentioned, and
Awards of the VictorIaCmos. 11sf. (jet.)
III, Jmily to Oct. 1915, WhOm Nmmmu~~ of Officers ansi Men mentioned, ansi
Awards of tIme VictoriaCross, 3d. (lit.)
IV. Dec. 11, 1915. From General Sir tamu hamilton, 0.0.11., descritmlng
time Operations lii the Oalllpoll Penlnsmihm,, including the Landing
met Suvla flay. 24. (22.)
V. Jmtmu. to April 1916 . WItIm Namnee of Officer, sOul Meuu mentioned, and
Awards of the VictoriaCross. lid. (74.)
VI. May to Dcc. 1016 . WhIm Names of Officers ammd Men Awarded time
VictoriaCroon. is, (In.)
VII. Dec. 11411) to .humly 1917. WIth Names of Officers and Men awarded
the VictorIa Cross. 92. ‘(84.)
VIII, July 1917 toJumue 1918. With Nmumnes of Officers amid Men awarded
the VictoriaCross. 1*, (is,)
IX. July to Dec. 1(419. With Names of Officers and imIemu Awarde~1the
VictoriaCross. 84. (lid.)
N. Jam:. 1919 to Jami, 1920. With Names of Officers and Men awarded
• tlue VictorIa Cross, 2:, (is, 04.)
• I’arliuemontu, Vote of Thanks to the Forces. Speeches delivered iou time
houses of t’arllamneut, Westminster, on Oct. 214, 1917. ld. (14.)
War Oflice List, and Administrative Directory for th~firltinim
Army. 11420. Sold by llarm-isomu s) Ssnmi, Ltd., 44— 47, sOt. Martium’s Levue, 1I~C.2.
.10:. smet.
Water S upply Mammal. In. (3d. (I.e. 4d.)
Women’s War Work In Maimstmtlm:Ing time 5nuiuj~trIc, smut Rxpom-tTrade oh
the United Kingdom. lnformnimtlon officIally conmptled for the tune ot
Ileerumitimig Officers. Military Jiepresenlatis-es, and Tribunals. Sept. 1910.
Ihisustrateml. 15. (1:.)
Woolwj~lj Research Department
]tcpsmrt No. 45, RItect uf Overstruuiue orm the Elsmst(e I’ropertien of Steel. 2$.
(lo. Id.) -
Works Manual. (War). 1913, ProvIsional. 4d. (4m1.); AppendIx 1.
1)314. 14. (18.)
Wounds of War, Qemmeral Primuclples gn(dImmg the Treatment of. Conclum.
sions adopted by the Imuter-Ahiied Surgical Cousference lucid In Paris, Slam-eli
ummid May, 1917. 24. (24.),
yeomanry and Mounted Rise T raining. Parts I and I I . 1(02. (Re-
prInted, with Asnensinment,, 11411,). Cd. (6 2.1
Zulu War of 1879. Narrative of time Field Operstlomms conumected with time,
— 1881. (1t~printed19071. Is. (Is, Id.)
Printout under the asutluorlty of lime M~jmesry’eSr.&rxoannr Os-rIce, -~
• By Llsrrison & Sons, Ltd.. St. Martin’s Lane, London, W.C. 2.
• ~ • • [Crown copyrigAt reserved,
[!ssue~u’iLh Army Orders for January, 192&
• /
GUN 11LL~1~,
)s~.
- • ~
95
fl~
5
~7,‘ ~s~‘~ ‘i~?~
18.-POUNDE R Q’E ~GpN, ,MARKS
I to fr;—.~~’ ~~.: ~
• CARRI AGE S , MARKS 1* to I L
(With S upplement for Mark I Carriage.)
• • • • 1923.
• • • ~o?~JoNi • -,
• • IVBLXSIIED lITills MAJa~rVsIThTIONIIII! OUI CZ
• Tot. mmsteohsssmt thpom.ugh anyX1oo~~.11~r as dlrøstly featS
hIM. H’rA’rmoslIcmuY us-s-lea .u th~fsltswmn
5
s, lsir, ., , s, .,
I MPUlS e. IIo~s~. Xtloimmtw*Y. Loemmos. W, C. 2. .mmd w Abioemmus5vta,r T.,o*eoS, LW,(m
11, I’Cl,Iiit BTSSCT. Molest mu~rIcum 1 Sr. AnDaamY~Cn5suj*5r, ()4.IDZr~m
cc 15. S olecli sTSaST. ZtmiCittiItuU.
• • • 1923.
GD. 47. • - • J’rke M, net. • • •
THE COMPANY
SPECIALIZE IN THE
MANUFACTURE OF
CUPS & TROPHIES,
PRESENTAT ION
PLATE, SPORTS
PRIZES, MEDALS
& AWARDS, MESS
PLATE & CUTLERY.
THE COMPANY
WOULD —
APPRECIATE THE.
FAVOUR OF A VISIT
TO THEIR LONDON
SHOWROOMS
— WHICH ARE—
THE LARGEST IN
-— LONDON —
CATALOGUES FREE UPON APPLICATION.
JAMES S T . WORKS ,
• S T . PAUL’S ,
BIRMINGHAM.
MANUFACTORIES—
MI T RE WORKS ,
MITRE S T .,
LONDON.
WELBECK W ORK S,
HI LL S T .,
SHEFFIELD.
CONTRACTORS TO TN~,.ID M1RALTY , WAR O PF1 CE & COLONIAL COVERNMENTS
~LD~ANDER
CLARK
.COI
1
TD
V.
125-126, FE NCHURCH S T ., LONDON, E .C. 2.
MANUFACTURING GOLDSMITHS, SILVERSMITHS,
ELECTRO-PLATERS, MEDALLISTS & CUTLERS.
FULL. TRADE
DISCOUNTS
ARE GRANTED
— TO ALL —
GOVERNMENT
DEPARTMENTS
— AND
REGI MENTS.
Your Unofficial Health
- . • Health in the Services is diagnosed with
brevity and detachment— you are “fit” or
you • are “sick.” The Halfway House of -
Health, in which so many live, is officially
• non-existent.
•At home or abroad the feeling of good
health is enjoyed by many thousands of
Service men who take, first thing every
morning, a glass of water sparkling with a
“dash” of ENO’s “Fruit Salt.” Very pleasant
to take arid forms no harmful “ habit.”
T ~FRUI T S ALT ’JRK
1
! 9HANDY Time Standaed
• size at 3/— j~
S I ZE . also obtain-
able.
O f all Che mis ts and Can te e ns .
C. ENO, LTD., LONDON, SX.
E V E RYT HI NG MI LI T ARY FOR OFFI CE RS G OT HE R RANKS
• MINIATURE MEDALS.
F • Mons S tar 1 /6 Victory 1/ 6
V extra,
- ~ • • ..: -
Rosettes 3d. Oakleaf 4d. 1914 Bar 9d.
Aii?j Miniature Medal or O rd e r S up p lie d .
RANK BADGES,
Stars acd Crowns.
.
Gilt 1/— per pair
Khaki 1/— •
Mess Uniforrn’lprices on
Service , , J application
Bronze9d. , , -
•
Whipcord Caps 17/-
- Serge , , 12/6
Blue Dress , , 21/-
Gilt Badge 4/6 Bronze 2/6
Bronze Collar Badges 3/6 pair
.1
General Service (Silver) 3/-
M.C. 6 /- O.B.E. 6 /6
M.B.E. 6 /-
D.S.O. 27/6 & 35/-
Fitted with Ribands and
Brooch Bar 6 d. per medal
S HI RLE Y BROOKS , Ltd.,Miliiary Tailors ,
41-42, Artillery PIace, . . • . . -_ WOOLW1CH.
Gun Laying I nstruction
with the
B.S.A. Air Rifle Laying Teacher.
The B.S.A. Laying Teacher, many of which
are used by the Admiralty, consists of an
Air Rifle, hand loaded with mechanical firing
mechanism, elevating and lateral adjustment
screws, and complete with mount for attach-
ment to heavy or light artillery.
It enables the instructor to gi~,re perfect
laying teaching at any time without using the
expensive gun ammunition, the only cost
incurred being the small ~177bore Lead
Pellets. The Rifle is accurate, clean in use,
practically noiseless, and will last a lifetime.
Firing is carried out in the usual manner with
the gun firing lever which is connected to the
mechanical firing mechanism of the Teacher.
Fully detailed information will be sent post
free on application. Also particulars of B.S.A.
‘303 and ~22 Match Rifles, Shot Guns
• and Air Rifles.
B.S.A. GUNS LTD., BIRMINGHAM. II1 ~\
Prop,: The Birmingham Small Arms Co., Ltd.
43
The following is a partial list of military ptiMication~. A c ornp kM
list is given each monti, inthe Army List Advertiser.
MI LI T ARY BOOKS
Vub~t~b~ • ~tu1~orit~.
LONDONm
PtIBLISHED15? flIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFI CE ,
T o be purchs.sd throu~thany Dool,,~ileror directIF iron,
MM. S T AT I ONE RY O~F1CEit the following iddr, ., e.m
IIePERXALMoOsE . KINGOWAT LONDON. W.C. 2, sod S8,AI3IN000N STREET, LoNDON, SW,
8?, PE T E R S T RE E T , MLNCIIE5IER 1, ST. ANDREW, CRESCENT, CARDIYFI
- or 150, GE0RO3 S T E RE T . EDxNnWmon,
(T he prices in brackets are those at which the books are
obtainable, post free by Officers, Non-Commissioned
Officer, and Men, in ~he manner prescribed by Appen.
dix XLX~I I I .of T he Xing’s Begulations and Ordera for the
Army, 1012. Applications should be made on Army
1372, and addressed to th. S ecretary, WaF Office,
Abyssiflia. E xpedition to. 2 you, and mips. 1870. 11, 11 Morooco,
£9 50. Cloth, £4 4c.
Accounts. Army. Sei FuuxccxAx. jNsrflUCTION$.
Africa. Notes on the Geology of the Continentof. 1906 . as. (2*. Sd.)
Aldershot Command. S tanding Ordersfor. 11)21. 6 *. (4*. Pd.)
Allowances. Army. 1te~u1ationa. 1914. (Ueprinted 1918.) Pd. (Pd.)
• Do. Amendments, AprIl 11)21. Id. 2d.)
. S e e als o FIELD ALLOWANOF, 1’At or Orrxcaiss, and Snl’AluTIor ALLOWANCE .
Amharic Language. S hort I otanual of the. With Vocabulary.
1910. be. (4:.)
Ammunition for Q.~’,4’5-inch E o-witzer. Notes on. 4th editI on,
l9~O. (Wit/i Diagrams.) it. (lid.)
(1)
MIIJY’AliY13001(5, published by Aut~o,’itp— eontbuM.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 1.)
Austria. Campaign of 1806 ‘Against. S ee GERMANY. -
Ballistics. Handbook of (translated from the 2nd German Edition). Vol. 1.
lixt-erior Ballittlos. - 303. (23*. 3d.)
Barracks. Care of. Instruction in. 1901, 94. (Td.)
- Bashforth Chronograph, llxperlmenta wI th, to determine the resistance
of the air tothe motI onof projectiles. Report on. 1870. 1:. (1*. 14.)
Bermuda Militia Artillery, RegulatIons. 1914, 94. (94.)
Bicycles (Pedal) Military. Handbook on. 1922. 14. (lid.)
B.L. O4nch 20 owt. Mark I howitzer on Mark I T ravelling
Carriage (Laud S ervice) 1912. 35, (25. 74,)
Bountyto S oldiers. See FI E LD ALLOWANCE .
British Minor Expeditions, 1740 to 1814, 1884. 2.. 6 4. (2*. 24.)
~ ~ }sceTEEBIT0IXAL FORcE.
Cadets of the S enior and Junior Divisions, Officers’ T raining
Corps. Report, on the Mxa~nInatlonfor Certilleatee “A” and “I3”held In
Nov. 1920, is. lid. (Is. 44.)
Cape of aood flops Reconnaissance S urvey, 1903-1911. Jieport
on the. 1914, it, 64. (1, . id.)
Casualty Lists, Weekly, War Office and Air Ministry. No. 1,
Aug. 7, 1917, to No. 8.3, March 4, 1919. Mach 3d. (44.)
Cavalry. Technical Operations; Cavalry in an Army: Cavalry in flattle.
Translated from tie Freneil of Captain LoIr, XE Army Corps Staff. With
a Prefaceby General Lnnglois, With Maps. a~. Sd. (as. 24.)
Cavalryof the Line. Peace Organizationof the; and Arrangements
or MobIlization consequent on the eatablishment of Cavalry DepOts.
(Special A.0., July 19, 1909). Id. (24.)
Cavalry Training, 1921. Vol. I. Training, ProvisIonal. 2*. (1*. 94.)
Do. Provisional. Vol. II. 1920, 94. (104.)
Si, alto I T ALI AN OAV ALI fl’.
Ceremonial. 1912. (Reprinted 11)19.) 64. (74.)
- ProvIsIonal Amendment,, June, 1924. (79’ith Plate, and A’ag.)
(Ileprinted 1919). 2d. (3d,)
Chemistry, Practical, Quantitative and Qualitstlve. A Coons ol,
1911. Sc. (4.. 2d.)
Chemists of the Researoh Department, Rules and Regulations
.pecially relatIngto. 1913. 14. (24.)
Chiropody. Manual of. 2d. (4d.)
Clothing andNecessaries (includingMaterials). PricedV ocabulary
of. 1920, ProvisIonal, ii. (lid.)
Do. Amendments, Jan., April, Aug. Nov. I gigj Feb., April, flee.
1917; March, Nov.1918; Jan., l’lov. 19191 Jan. 1920. MacIl 14,
1.) 1921,. 24. (3d.) Sept. 1921. ~d. (4d,)~Feb. 1922.
C 2)
MILiTARY BOOKS, published byAutSority—ooatinued.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 1.)
Clothing Begulations :— ‘ • -
- Part 1. Regular Forces. April 1922. I s. (l1~d.)
Do. A:nendments, Aug. 1912. 14. (1~d.)
Part Ii, Special Reserve. 1914. 34. (54.)
Colohester Garrison. Standing Orders. 1913. 94. (ltd.)
Commands, Military andS taff inthe United Kingdom, ReorganI -
zation of. (Special At), , Jan. 6, 1906 , wIth alterations to date. Issuedwith
Special A.O., Nov. II, 11107). 34. (Id.)
CompanyT raining, Notes on. For the use of tho Special Reserve, Tern.
u,rt~si Force, and newly raised UnIts of the Regulsr Army. Sept. 1914.
1çi. (24.)
Constitution, the German. (Edition without N~tes). Gd. (lid.)
Cooking and Dietary. Manual of Military. ‘Illustrated. 1918. 6 4 (74.)
Co-ordination of Voluntary Effort resulting fromtheformation of the
D.U.V .O. Department. A Nat-tonal S cheme of:—
Appendices III and IV..— ADetailed Report of the Work of the Recognized
Aasoelatlons. 1920. 55. (4s. 18.)
(Appendices I. and II., u’ith the Report of tile Director-General was published
a. (Cmii. 173] of ScsotoR 1919.) 24. (84.)
Cost Accounting S cheme for 1919-20. ProvI sional Instruction, re~
latitig to
Part 1. For the Guidance of Staff, Regimental, and Departmental Officers
- atHome Station,. 3d. (54.)
Coursesof I nstruction, 1922-23. 94. (94.)
Do. Supplement. April1922. 14, ‘ia.)
Do. Amendment. May 1922. Id. (i(d.)
Do. Supplement. Army School of hygiene, Issued
with A.O. for July 1922. 1d. (114.)
0rew~of War Department Vessels and Boats at home
Stations. Regulations for the Appointment, Pay, and PromOtion of,
1911, Id. (28.) -
Cyclist Training, 1917, ProvI sional, 64. (64.); Amendment, , Aug. 1918
Id. (2d.)
Demobilization, Army. Regulations:—
Part 1. With 1)lagra:,i showing Methodof Dispersal; and Mapof Dispersal
Stations nod Areas in the UnIted Kingdom. it. Gd. (is. Gd.)
PantII. With Plan of hlutinent Lines, showing suggested Appropriation
of lluihdlngs for use as a Dispersal Station’ and Map of
Dispersal Stations andAreas in theUnited Kingdom. lid . (3d .)
Part III.
Do. Chap. XXIV. Labour UnIts. 24, (218.) -
Do. Chap. XXV . Part I. Olepergel of Officers of the Army Chap’
lain’s Department. 14. (lid.)
Do. Chap. XXV . Part II. Ordnance Services. 24. (218.)
• Do. Cbap.XXVI. Q.M.A.A.C. Id. (214.)
Do, Chap. XXVII. Animals. 3d. (3~d.) -
Do, Chap. XXXI I . Thevolunteer Force. 24. (214.)
Do. Chap. XXXI I I . British WesS I ndiesContingent,. 2d. (21d.)
• (a)
Jd’ILITAflY BOOK$, published by Authorify—oontlnued.
(As to prices in bracket., see top of page 1.)
Deznobiiization— continued.
Addendato Chap. V. SpecIal Registration. id. (ljd.)
Amendments
To Parts hand II. 14. (24.) -
No,. Ito 23. Each 14. (24.) -
Despatches, Military. SicWAR OP 1914— 18. -
Disabled and Discharged S oldiers inFrance. T he T reatment and
Training of. Report by Sir IIenr~Norman. Dart., M.P., Liaison Officer of
the Ministry of Munition, to the brench Ministry of Invention.. 44. (tel.)
Diseases, Medical, in the T ropical and~S ub-T ropical War
Areas. Memorandaon. lellt. (iJ~stIiPlates, Daogramo, Text-figures, and
index.) - (Out of print)
Drainage Manual, For the u,e of Royal lingineer Officers, and other
persons, eniploynd on tileConstruction and Maintenance of Drainage Works
in connectionwith War Department fluildlngs in the United Kingdomor In
similar climates. 1921. (Illustrated), Ss. (4s. 3d.)
Drawing Plates. Military
Attack of I)ulfor’a Countermines or 2nd plate of Mines; Cannot’s First
System ; I)etnched Ports; Concealed Defences, 1,2,3 4; I’rlnting Plate,
- A, II, C, &c. Detail Plate, No.1; Do. No.2; Neighbourhoodof Wool’
wich Village ~nd Surrounding Ground. Mach 2d. (24.)
Attack of Fortress— PrsIImii:ory Operations; Do. Distant Attack; Do.
CPa, Attack: Neighbourhood ofMete. l(aoh 3d. (3d.)
NeIghbourhood of Woolwich. Southern Side. is. 6 4. (1:. 3d.) -
Woods and Villages. Bia plates. Jiach 84. (54.) -
Drill Book. R.A.S .C. (Issued with A.O. for Oct. 1920.) 3d. (3d,)
Dynamics. Notes on. 2nd, Ihdition 1908. Is. (Is. 34.)
Bduoatio’n, Conference, Imperial. Convened, June 11 and 12, 1919,
by the Chief of the Imperial General Staff. Gd. (Id.)
E ducational T raining. Part I. General Principles. 24. (3d.)-
Egypt, - British Force in. standing Orders, 1912. 1s. (lid,) -
Egypt. Campaign of 1882 in. Military history. With Caee of Maps,
Condensed Lditlon. 1908. Is. 6 4. (‘Jo. hod.)
Egyptian Expeditionary Force. A brief recordof the Advance of the,
1919. 115. (be. 14.)
Electrical Communications. Fixed. Instruction. as to. 1912. (Re-
printed, withAmcnd;nents, 1918). 44. (Sd.) -
Electricity. Notes on. 1920. I s. (2.. Gd.)
Electric Light Apparatus. Defence. Instructions for theworking of.
11115. 14. (24.)
E lectric Light and Power Work of ti, , German Army, Note. on,
1920, Is, 6 4. (1:. 44.)
- - (4) -
- M!L1DARF ~lOO~, psbUeAed by As~hos’4ty— eontlnued.
- (As to price, I n bracket., see top of page 1.)
E ncounter. T he Battle of, By Ran, von Kiesling. Pant I . Practical.
Translated. is. Gd. (is, Gd.)
E nergy E xpenditure of the Infantry Recruit in Training. Is. (2s. 6 4.)
Engineer S ervices Regulations. Peace :—
Part I. 1910. (iieptlnted, with Amendments published up to May 1, 1918).
Is. (Is.)
Amendments issued with A.O. for July, 1922 Id. (lid.)
— Part Ii, 1911. TechnIcal Treatises, (Reprinted with Amendments up to
May 3, 1915) 94. (84.)
Part II. 11120. Technical Treatises, 44. (Id.)
Engineer Training. 1922, Provisional. 91. (94.) S
Engineering, Field. Manualof. 1911. 9d. (94.) - -
Engineering. Military:— -
Fart I. Field Defences, 1008. is. 6d. - (Is. Gd.)
Part II. Attaok and Defence of Fortresses. 1910. 94. (lid.)
Part III. BrIdging, 1921, Is. Gd. (2.. 94.)
Part Iht~. Military Bridging— General Principles and Materials, 1913.
Is. (lid.); Indexto. 14. (24.)
Pant 1115, Do.— Brudges. 1914. (Ileprinted 1918.) 25. (ii. lOd.)
Part IV. Mining and Demolitions. 1910, (Reprinted, 1916 , with Amend.
mento to 1912 Inclusive.) is, (lid.)
Part V. MIscellaneous. 1914, ii. (ii, 14,)
Part V I . Military ltaIiws~a. (Out of prtnt)
E ntrance. Army. Regulations
R.M. Academy, Admission to, ~nd for 1°irstAppointments therefi’bm
to the Jioyai Artillery and Royal Iingineera. 1920. 24. (3d,)
P~.M.College. Admission to, and for FirstAppolntroenta therefrom to
the Regular Army, 1920. 3d. (44.) -
Idilitary Force. of the S elf-governing Dominiona and Crown
Colonies, Olllcers ot,tho. 1912. 14. (3d.)
1~tffltiaandI m~oria1Yeomanry. Regulations nnder which Commis-
sionsin the Regular Forces may be obtained by Officers of, 1907. 14. (28,)
Royal Army Veterinary Corps. Regulations for Admission to the.
Special 1~eser’veof O~cers, Malta Militia,Bermuda Militia
Channel Islands Militia, and Territorial Force. Officer, 0
the. 1920. 14. (lId.) -
S ta~O1llege(Oainberhey.) 14, (24.)
tYniversity Candidate.. Provisional, 1920. 14. (24.)
Warrant Officers and N,O.Oa. of the Regular Army. Com-
batant Commissions as Second Lieutenants. (tinder rtrusols.}
See also MEDICAL Colors.
- (6)
- MILITARY BOO~.S,publlsA.d by Authority— continued.
(A. to prices inbrackets, see top of page 1.)
E xamination~Papersi-- -
Entrance: R.M. Academy; N.M. College; Indian Army College, Qnetta.
Cadetehips in the Royal Navy (Special Ifintry). March 1918. 6 4, (Gd,)
Entrsnoe: fl,M. Academy; N.M. College; lioyal Air Force. Nov. 1919,
- Is. (ls. Id.)
E ntrance: N.M. Academy i N.M. College; Royal Air Force; Supple’
ment-ary First Appointments in the Royal Marines. Cadetehips in the
I toyal Navy(S pecial Entry). Juno 1020. 2,. (le. 84.)
Entrance; N.M. Academy; N.M. College Royal Air Porco, Nov. 1920.
25. (Is. 114,)
- Entrance: 1t.M. Academy, Woolwlch; N.M. College, SandlioIrst; Royal
Air Force ; Supplementary First Appointment-s in Royal Marines i
Cadetshipo in the Royal Navy (Special Entry) ; Indian PolIce Force;
Pollee Forces of Straits Settlements; tho Federated Malay States, and
the Unfederated Malay States. June and July 1021. Is. Old. (2o, lid,)
Entrance: 11.6 1. Academy, Wootwich; 11.6 1. College, Sandhurst; Royal
Air Force. Nov. 1921. 25. (1.. 94.)
Entrance: lt.M. Aáademy, Woolwirh; N.M. College, Sandhuret; Royal
Air Force; Royal Marines; Royal NavyCadet.s; IndIan l’olieeForceand
Ceylon and Far Eastern l’olice Forces. June and July 1922. 1.. Old.
(is. 4d.)
B.M. Academy Fourth Class i fl.M. College Fourth, is. Third,
and Second DIvisions, July, Deo. 1904. 14 soft 1:. June 1905. I i.
(Is, 24.)
E.M. Academy, Fourth Class; R.M. College Senior DivI sion.
Dec. 1005; June, Dec. 1006 ; July, Dec. 1907. E ach is.
Staff College. Admission. July 1911; June-July, 1012~June-July
1913. Rack; 1.. (Is. 14.)
Militia, Imperial Yeomanry, and University Candidates,
Oct. 1906 . 1*. (lid.) -
Officers for Promotion. Dec. 11112; May ~nd Dec. 1913; April 1914,
Each Is. (Is. Id.); Oct. 11)20. 1.. Gd. (is. 2d.) ; April 1921. is. (108.);
Oct. 3921. ls. Gd. (is. 24.); April 1922. It. Gd. (is. 48.)
Officers T raining Corps:— -
Cadets of the S enior Division. Certificate A. Dec.1908. 64. (Sd.)
Cadets of the Junior and Senior Divisions, Certificates A
and D. Spring of 1909; Nov. i9ii; March, Nov. 1912; March 1914.
EachGd. (74.) ; March 1921. 23. 04. (Is. 184.); Nov. 1921, is, Gd. os. 44.);
March 1922. 2*. (Is. 81,)
Foreign Languages. Modern, June 1919. 13. (Is.) Jaii. 1920.
35. (25, Sd.); Jane 1920. 2s. (I a. 94.); Jan. 1921, Is. (2.e, Id.); Jut;e
1921. 55. (4*,); Jots. 1922. 1*. 6 4. (Ia. 3d.)
Staff Colleges at Camberley and Quetta, Ileport on the Examine.
tion for Admission. With Examination I’apers and Remarks of the
Examiner, thereon, Feb. and March 1921. 23 (Is, 104.), Feb. and
March 1922, 2e. 6 4. (Is. 34.) -
- (~)
To.clu y all (hebestplayers us~ilie’
BARRI E R
BAT~
\YJHEREVER cricket is played thatdynsmc driver the BARRIER
‘I V is found beating the boundary. It is no insincere boast that
THE BARRIER IS UNIQUE FOR keeping wickcts standing
- and piling up runs.
The blade of the BARRIER is the finest quality of willow with
an enormous amount of wood in the driving part; it is exquisitely
balanced. The blade retains that wood at the edges which minimizes
any tendency to give catches to slips. Many bats of other makes being
machine-profiled are deficient in this respect.
The handle - is a wonderful combination of “snappy power” with
no stIng. Insist on a BARRIER.
IN THREE GRADES — Fir,t Selection ... 3 71á7
Second Selection... 33/- Third Selection ... 28I6~
Name vf nearest dealer and literature freeoii request.
M.C.C, ColEpany, LW, (Box 997), BEDFORD,
0
a,.
40
[Crown cop yr glit reserved.
[Issued with Arsny Orders for Junuary, 1923.
, GUN DRI LL
POll
18--POUNDE R Q.F. GUN, MARKS
I toh. -
- CARRI AGE S , MARKS P
(With Supplement for
I.0NDON~
r)mLIsIIED Fl 1115 MAJESTY’S STATIONCRY oleFIciL
To ha purcha.od through any Ilook,eiler or directly Scorn
lIM. sTATIoNERY OlFICE at the foiiowi~gsitre~ec-.
uraruat, irotjac, Kivosevir. LoNDoN. WO. 2 sod as. A tNu;,oaSTReeTLONHON, i.W. 1
11, CSTRE OvaErr, MaNcHesTER icr. ANDREW’S OsE~ee5J. d*ttmw~,
or 28, 1~oRTiisreeiti’, EuiN*v5~a1.
1923 .
Price 3d. net,
to I I .
By Command of the Army Council,
TIrE WAR OFFICE,
January, 1923.
CONTENTS.
I’AOE
GIONEEAL INSTI1IJCTIONS ... ... ... ... ... 3 -
Chapter
1.—General Duties ... ... ... ... ... 5
11.— Gun Drill ,.. ,,. ,.. ... ,.. 21
111.— Laying and Fuze Setting TesJ~s ... ... 52
IV.— Sight Tests ... ,.. ... ... ... 59
V .—Care of E quipment ... ... ... 6 5
Ai°rE~Ix— Carriago of Stores ... ... ... ... 78, 89
SurrLEMa~eT
‘ t. ‘ I. ~ •~, I’. ‘ t’ 86
8
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS.
Practical instruction in the equipment bould be given to
rxeaoh recruit before any attempt is made to instruct him in
~gun drill. In teaching the duties of each man at the gun,
“the instructor should try to do so by reasoning rather
Lthan by a long explanation in words. By means of
0 questions ho should try to drawfrom the recruit the correct -
>‘answcrs as to his duties, being careful to lead the man’s
mind into the desired channel of thought. Should this
mattempt fail, the instruct-or should give a demonstration
~einphasizing the points the recruit has not grasped. Such
~demonstrations should deal with the work of each man in
~,tho detachment; and all men under instruction should, in
~‘turn, carry out the work of each particular man.
Instruction in gun drill should be given as soon as the men
areconversant with all partsof the equipment, and can handle
in the best andquickest manner each of the working parts of
the gun. Once the work of each manhas been thoroughly
mastered, it should not take long for the recruit to learnthe
actual drill.
It is most important that amarked distinction should be
drawn between instruction and drill.
During the former the language used should be as simple
as possible, and the meaning of all technical terms which arc
(n 27/l8)q A 2
4 -
necessary must be carefully explained. A conversational
tone should be adopted and in no circumstances whatever
should anything in the nature of long quotations from drill
books~beallowed. The men should be permitted to assume
an easy attitude and their interest should not be allowed
to flag. They should be encouraged to ask questions.
At drill, on the contrary, rigid discipline must be main-
tained, orders must be clearand decisive, andthedetachments
made to work steadily, smartly and rapidly. - At the same
time the utmost accuracy is essential and any deviations
from the methods laiddown must at once be checked.
5
CHAPTER 1.— GENERAL DUTIES.
This chapter summarizes the duties of the section cons-
mander andeach mass in thedetachment. Itis only intesided
as a guide for the instructor, who should use his own words
in explainingthevarious duties to the mcii.
The detachnient is composed of ten men. The service of
the gun is divided between thaenm as follows
I ,.. ,,, ... ,,, In command.
2 ... ... ... ... The breech.
2 and 3 ... ... ... The sights.
4 ... ... ... ... The loading.
5 and 6 .,. ... ... The ammunition.
7, 8 and 9 - ... ... The reserves and assist
with ammunition.
10 ... ... ... ... Tho coverer and second
in command.
The duties of the section commander and of each man
are as follows
DUTIES OF SECTION COMMANDER.
Novu.— Ou service it may not always be possible for section
commanders to be with their section-s in action, and it may be
inadvisable to withdraw a No. 1. from~his gun to act as section
commander. In this case such of the following dailies as effect
both guns will be performed by the G.P.O. (gun position officer)
and such as affect individual guns by the Nos. 1. -
a
1. lIe COMMANDS his section and is responsible for the
serviceability of its EQUIPME~NTand the correctness of
its DRILL.
2. He places himself where he can best see and hear the
B.C. or G.P.O., and will only move about when necessary
for the supervision of his section. In ordinary circumstances
he should be on the flank of his section nearest the command
post.
3. He will acknowledge orders from the command post
by saluting with the hand nearest the G.P.O., finishing with
the hand vertically above the head.
Ho only passes ORDERS when he sees that his Nos. I
or the neighbouring section commander have failed to
acknowledge.
4. lIe supervises the TESTING and ADJUSTMENT of
the sights of his section.
5. Ho keeps a RECORD of the MUZZLE VELOCITY,
DROOP AND JTJMP of his guns and also of their ZERO
LINE READINGS to tho AUXILIARY AIMING POINT
and BATTERY PICKET. Ho will not keep any record
of orders during ashoot.
6. Ho reports the CRESTANGLES to the G.P.O. when
orderedto do do.
7. He is RESPONSIBLE that, before fire is opened on
any target, his guns are layedin the DIRECTIONORDERED.
This is best done not by inspection of the sights, but by
comparing theline of his two guns and the flank guns of the
neighbouring sections by looking along the line of each
with reference to some distant objecteither in front or rear.
8. He CONTROLS his section in action.
7
This control is best carried out by watching and listening
rather than by personal inspection of sights, &c., e.g., as
regards deflection corrections, observation of which hand is
used by 3, will ensure deflections being put on in the correct
direction; as regards fuze setting comparison of the fuze
lengths calledout wifi expose any considerable error.
9. When his section is RANGING, if one gun miss-fires,
he will fire BOTH ELEVATIONS from tho other gun, the
higher elevation first.
10. At BATTERY FIRE ho will report to the G.P.O.
when one of his guns MISSES ITS TURN.
11. Ho will REPORTto the G.P.O. when either of his guns
goes OUT01? ACTION or when he finds that an ERROR
has been made which is likely to have AFFECTED THE
SHOOTING.
DUTIES 01? 1.
1. He COMMANDS and is responsible for the entire service
of his gun.
2. Ho give.s the WORDS 01? COMMAND detailed for him
in Chapter II, and repeats all ORDERS affecting his detach-
ment which have not been heard by the men concerned.
his orders must be given clearly, but no louder than is neces-
sary to enable his detachmentto hear. -
He assists in passing orders down the battery when neces-
sary.
He acknowledges all orders by saluting. lie will salute
with thie hand nearest the gun position officer, finishing with
the hand verticallyabove thehead.
8
3. He is responsible
(1) T hat the BUFFER is properly filled.
(ii) That the RECUPERATORis correctly charged with
liquid and air.
(iii) That the GLANDS, PISTON RODREGULATING
GEAR, and SECURING NUTSare correct.
(iv) T hat the PROTRUSION of the STRIKER is
correct.
(v) That the SIGHTS arc tested. This is done under
the supervision of the section commander.
(vi) That the MUZZLE VELOCITY of the gun is
correctly seton the elevation and fuze indicators.
T o ascertain if the BUFFER is properly filled,
the gun is elevated to 10 degrees, and plug N
removed; oil should then appear.
To ascertain If the RECUPERATOR is COR.
RW]~LY cHARGE D, screw in the adapter at L,
outer end blanked. Screw the gauge into the
adapter. Open valve M and the gauge should
register 700 lbs. a sq. in.
4. He selects the GUN PLATFORM, which should be on
firm and level ground. If this cannot be found and time
permits, the higher wheel is dug in. Failing this, he orders
3 to adjust the traversing gear so that the breech is about
two degrees towards the higher wheel.
5. On coming into action he mans the RIGHT GUN-
WHEEL. When manning wheels, the spokes should be
grasped as near the felloes as possible.
6 . He ascertains, when ordered, the CRESTANGLE and
reports it to the section commander.
9
7. lIe orders the deflection to correct for difference in
LEVEL OF WHEELS. The difference in level of wheels in
degrees, multiplied by the elevation in degrees gives the
deflection in minutes required towards the higher wheel. Ho
must not alter this deflection after his gun has once opened
fire on this line.
When a switch is made to a target at a different range,
or when giving parallel lines froma named gun, he must boar
in mind the amount of deflection already on the sight for
difference in level of wheelswhen making thenewcalculation.
8. He selects the auxiliary aiming point and records on
the slate the ZERO LINE angles from the auxiliary aiming
point and battery picket.
9. Before the gun is laycd on aNEW
T
TARGETlie gauges
the line of lireand throws the gun into the line.
1-ic will not touch the traversing lever after the gain liai
been mayed. In traversitig the gun by ineasis of the trail,
the width of the spade corresponds to 12 degrees of traverse.
10. (i) He applies
(a) The POSITION CORRECTION which, if required,
is ordered in the form -
“POSITION CORRECTION, No... .plus (or minus)
,(yards) “— and is applied to all elevations
ordered butis cancelled when a fresh target
is ordered.
• (b) Corrections during fire for effect, which are ordered
in the form
“No... .add (or drop)... (yards).”
These are cancelled when a fresh elevation is
ordered.
10
(ii) When laying by field clinometer, he applies the
- - INDEX CORRECTION, if any, of his clinomet-er
and passescorrected elevations to 2.
(iii) When it is probable that the gun wifi have to fire
at longer ranges than the sights are graduated
for, I will be provided with a gun correction
board on which will be shown M.V. corrections
to be applied at these extreme ranges.
When time fuzes are issuedfor which there is no
fuze indicator, Iwill be providedwith afuze correc-
tion board on which will be shown corrections to
fuze lengths required for gain or loss of the M.V.
of the gun.
11. When an angle of sight is ordered, lie examines the
setting of the SIGHT CLINOMETER. He occasionally
examines the settings of the ELEVATION and FUZE
INDICATORS and DIAL SIGHT.
12. He supervises the preparation and supply of AMMtJNI-
T I ON. As time fuzes deteriorate rapidly if unprotected
from damp, only such as are required for immediate use will
be uncovered. When one group of ammunition is nearly
expended, ho reports particulars of the nextgroup to be used.
13. He supervises LOADING. He sees that the caps of
the No. 106 fuzes have been removed and occasionally
examines the setting of time fuzes.
14.. He gives the order to FI RE . The gun will on no
account be fired without his order. Before giving this order
he sees thatthe gun is in all respects ready.
15. lIe Is responsible thatthe INTERVALbetween rounds
is properly kept as regards his own gun. When a salvo or
• 11 -
quick rate of battery fire (less than 5 seconds interval) is
ordered, he extends his right arm above his head as soon
as his gun is ready to fire.
10. If the firinglever on the carriage has been damaged
he fires the gun by means of the LANYARD.
17. He watches the length of RECOIL. When the black
band on the recoil indioator appears, the buffer should be
replenished. When the rod band appears, it is dangerous
to continue firing.
18. If the run-out during the last few inches is either
sluggish or violent he adjusts the VALVE ADJUSTING
RUN-OUT.
19. He watches the action of the SPADE on recoil and
adjusts its support if necessary.
20. When RAPID or PROLONGEDFIRING takes place
he takes every opportunity of attending to his equipment.
If the gun is hot, the bore should be cooled with water when
“Stand easy” is ordered~
DUTIES op-2.
1. He LIMBERS UP and UNL~MBERSin conjunction
with 3 and attends theLOWERSHIELD, BRAKE, CLAMP-
ING GEARS, ELEVATION INDICATOR, BREECH
MECHANISMand breech and muzzle COVERS.
2. He attends to the BRAKE during travelling. He puts
on the brake in action. Before applying the brake ho sees
that the quick release lever is housed. When in action or
on the road, he must be careful not to apply the brake too
hard.
12
3. In action he mansthe right GUN-WHEEL, if ordered.
4. lie assists 3 to lay by looking along the FINDERof the
DIAL SIGHTwhen the aiming point is to the left or to the
rear.
5. Before the elevation indicator can be set, the gun must
be depressed by the leftelevating hand.wheel. Should the
CRADLE CLA~a1PINGGEARJA~I,insertaspanner No. 123
in the lower elevating hand-wheel and gently lever it until
the clamping gear is free.
6 . He sets the ELEVATIONDDICATORto the elevation
ordered by I , depressing last, closes thp breech, removes his
right hand fromtheelevating hand-wheel, and reports “ Set”
loud enough for I and 3 to hear.
7. When laying by FiELD CLINOMETER lie sets it at
the elevation ordered by I , and lays for elevation by elevating
thegun until the bubble of thefield clinonieter runs to the front
and, then depressing until the bubble is in the centre of its
rain. He sees that the clinometer plane and thie base of the
elinometer are free from grit or di~t-,andthat the clinometer
is placed on the positioning marks of the plane for each lay.
~. TO OPEN THE BREEC1I.— ~Hetakes hold ot the lever
with the loft hand (pressing the spring with his fingers) and
draws it smartly towards him. When the gun is fired he
extends his leftarmready to grasptheleverbreechmechanism
as the gun is running out. As soon as the breech is opened
and the cartridgeextracted he eases up the extractor so that
time next round can slide home into the chamber.
TOCLOSE THE BREECII.— He swings the breech screw
smartly round into its position in the gun. He must on no
- accountuso the breech a crew as ahammer to drive the car-
tridge home.
13
0. A dented cartridge case or burred driving band may
cause difficulty in closing tho breech. If 2 can neither close
the breech nor remove the round by means of the extractor,
he unscrews theprimerwith theKEYREMOVINGJAMMED
CARTRIDGES. lIe then screws the plug end of the key into
the primerhole and uses it to withdrawthecartridge. I f the
cartridgeis tightly jammed, itmay be hauledout by means of
a lanyard attached to the eye of the key.
10. Ho oils and cleans the BREECH MECHANISM when
necessary during firing.
11. At cease firing the gun is fully depressed by the right
hand elevatingwheel andfully elevatedby thelefthand eleva-
ting wheel. Thelover of the TOP CARRIAGE CLAMPING
GEARis pulled to the rear and the pin inserted in the arc.
The CRADLE CLAMPING GEARis engaged by pulling the
lever to the rear.
12. When ordered to travel with a round in the bore, he
turns the safety catchto SAFE. -
DUTIES o~3.
1. Ho LIMBERS UP and UNLIMBERS with 2, and
attends to the upper shield. He LAYS and FIRES the gun.
He directs 4 when planting AIMING POSTS. He assists 1
to testthe SIGHTS.
2. (1) He lays for line amid with 2 lays for elevation. He
lays for line on the left edge of the aiming point
unless otherwise ordered.
(ii) At INDIRECT LAYING with SIGHT CLINO-
METER, he sets the dial sight and sight chino-
meter at the angles ordered. lie elevates the
14
gun until the bubble of the sight elinometer
runs to the front, and depresses until the bubble
is nearly central. Ho lays for line. He depresses
the gun until the bubble of the sight elinometer
is central and reports “Ready.”
(iii) At INDIRECT LAYING with FIELD CLINO-
METER, he sets the dial sight and sight dino-
meter at the angles ordered. Ho elevates and
then depresses the gun until the bubble of the
sight clinometer is in the centre of its run. He
lays for line andreports “Ready.”
(iv) At DIRECTLAYING, ho sets the open sight at the
deflection ordered. He lays for line and eleva-
tion and reports “Ready.”
If ordered to take the angle of sight he checks his lay and
levels the sight dinometer by the micrometer head.
3. (i) When setting the- dial sight by meansof the QUICK
RELEASE, he moves the micrometer head
through one complete turn to ensure that the
teeth have re-engaged correctly.
(ii) When SETTING a right deflection on the dial
sight, he turns the right micrometer head away
from him with his right hand; when setting a
left deflection he turns the left micrometer head
towards himself with his lefthatid.
(iii) When READING a left angle on the dial plate he
reads the minutes off the left micrometer scale; -
when reading a right angle he reads the minutes
off the rightmicrometer scale.
15
(iv) When SETTING the SIGHT CLINOMETER he
turns the top of the micrometer head to the heft
last to take up backlash.
(v) When LAYING for ELEVATION he depresses last
(top of the hand-wheel to the front) with atleast
one complete turn of the hand-wheel.
(vi) The normal positions of his HANDS are as follows:
Right hand on the traversing hand-wheel; left
- band on the elevating hand-wheel.
4. For the first round the pointer of the TRAVERSING
GEAR must be within 30 minutes of zero when the lay is
completed, except when engaging G.F. or similar targets.
After the spade is embedded, the trail will not be moved
so long as the line is within the scope of the traversing
gear.
If the trail has to be moved in action, he takes off the
brake by means of the quick release lever and puts it on
again by the same means when the gun is in the correct
position.
5. CROSSHEADS are fitted to aiming posts to com-
pensate for lateral movement of tim sight. Both erossheads
have similar markings and numbers. He notes which
corresponding pair of markings are in line and uses
them to lay on. Ho directs 4 to clamp the crossheads
lowdown, so that the bottom of the far one is just visible
over the top of the near one.
6 . At CHANGE TARGETif the angle is given as “More
right (or left)” he turns the micrometer head of the dial
sight through the angle ordered. If theangle is given from
16
zero line, lie sets thedial sightat the recorded zero line angle
andthen turns time micrometer head of the dial sight through
the angle ordered.
7. lie FIRES the gain. As soon as the gun is bayed, lie
removes his left hand from i-lie elevating hand-ivhieel, places
his right hand on the firing lever and reports “ Ready.” At
time order “ Fire “ lie pulls time lever smartly, releases it at
once and replaces his hands in their normal positions. The
gun will on no account be firedwithout time order from I.
8. Thefollowing are the signals used by 3
SIGNAL. MEANTNG.
(1) When directing I to move the trail
Palm of the hand in the Trail right (or left).
required direction.
Fistclenched ... ... Stop traversing.
(ii) When directing 4to plant aiming posts :—
Right arm extended to the Move in the ‘dhrec-
right, or left arm ox- tion Indicated.
tended to the left.
Arm dropped ... .. Halt.
Both arms dropped sharply Plant.
from above the head.
Upward or downward mo- Raise or lower the
tion of the arms with both crosshead.
arms extended laterally.
Both arms extended above Move head of pottin
the head and moved the direction mdi.
laterally in the required cated.
direction.
17
SIGNAL. MEANING.
Both arms extended sharply Pick up.
upwards.
Both arms extended to the Moveto plant thefar
front (or rear.) aiming post.
Bodyturned aboutandboth Come in.
arms extendedto the rear
(or botim armsextended to
time front).
DUTIES OF 4.
1. He LOADS, plants AIMING POSTS, mans the LEFT
GUN-WHEELand attends, to the WAGON BRAKEon the
march and when unhooking.
- 2. Oncoming into action he prepares AIMINGPOSTS with
crossheads clamped and sticks tue-rn in the ground about
5yards in rear of the gun.
Wimen planting aiming posts he holds the postwith thearm
bent and elbowagainst the side at a convenient height, so
t-imatithangs verticallywith thepoint just clear of time ground.
He moves to time right or leftas directed by 3 until signalled
to “Plant-,” wimen lme allows the post to slip through the
fingers until the point touches time ground. Ho then com-
pletes the plantmg.
3. He LOADS. lie places the headof the shell in the bore,
being careful not to strike thebreech; he supports the round
on the back of the leftforearm and pushes it home with the
palm of the right hand, fingers uppermost, raising his right
(n27/18)q ~ 3
18
hand smartly so that his palm strikes against the upper part
of the breech, thus keeping his fingers clear of the breech
screw.
He receives another roundfrom5, fuze leadingbetween the
right arm andthe body, and holds it readyto load. Ifthere
is any delay in tho supply of ammunition ho wifi obtain it
himself.
If achange of ammunition or luze setting is ordered, he lays
his rounddownandobtains another roundfrom5. He should
be prepared to re-setthe fuze of the former roundif necessary.
He should be prepared to break the wire and uncap No. lOG
fuzes if necessary.
DUTIES OF 5 AND 6 .
1. They HOOKIN and UNHOOK the wagon team.
They prepare and supply AMMUNITION. 6 attends to the
WAGON BRAKE in action and works the FUZE INDI-
CATOR.
2. (i) To UNHOOK the wagon team, 5 detaches the off
and 6 the near wheel traces from theswingletrees,
the inner traces first. 6 orders “Drive on” and
steadies the pole; 5 guides the supporting bar
off the pole; 6 lowers the pole.
(ii) To HOOK IN, 6 holds up the pole near the foot-
board on the near side and 5 guides the ring of
the supporting bar on to the polo. They then
attach thewheel traces to the swingletrees, attach-
ing time outer traces first so as to keep the horses
in position while they are handling the inner
traces,
- 10
3. They see that ammunition :—
(I) Has the PRIMERS tightly screwed home.
(ii) Is scrupulously CLEAN, especially the driving bands.
(iii) Is SORTEI) into groups by nature, weight and fuze.
(iv) Is PROTECTED from extremes of temperature and
from damnp.
(v) Is ISSUEDfromthegroup ordered.
They will put on one side shell with burred driving
bands, reporting particulars to I. When oppor-
tunity offers time burrs will be removed under
instructions from I .
Timey will put on one side all cracked or dented
cartridge cases, and rounds witlm time wire or seal
of the No. 106 lure broken, reporting particulars to
I to enable him to return the rounds.
4. When preparing ammunition wit-h No. 106 FUZE they
remove timo cartridge clips. No safety cap is to be removed
from aNo. 106 fuze, or thewire or seal brokenuntil time round
is about to be loaded. On removing time cap they examine
each fuzo to see that thetape is correctly wound and that the
ends of time shearing wire are visible. If aNo. 106 fuze has
become uncapped or time wire or seal is found to be broken,
the lure is to be regarded as dangerous and treated accord-
ingly. A No. 100 fuzo with wires or seal broken is on no
accountto be replaced in alimber or wagon.
5. When preparing SHRAPNELthey remove the cartridge
clips and fuze covers. 6 follows up all orders for corrector
and elevation on the FUZE INDICATOR, and calls out the
fuze setting loud enough for his section commander to hear.
He always uses the reader for following up the elevation,
and calls out the highest fuze setting visible to the left of
the edge of the reader.
(n
2
7/l
8
)Q A 4
- 20
S sots fuzes with a fuzo key to the settings called by 6 .
lie follows up the settings as they are called, so that he has
always around ready to be fired. 6 assists 5 when he is not
using the fuzo indicator. They re-set each.fuzo accurately
atsafety before replacingthe round in the wagon.
6 . 5 SUPPLIES ammunition to 4, passing the round
between 4’s right armand body, with time fuze leading.
7. In action, except when using No. 106 fuze, they always
havesixROUNDS READYfor loading. If firing is likely to
be continuous this number should be increased. Extrarounds
may be withdrawn from the wagon andplacedon the ground.
Ifthe groundis wetor muddy, ammunition should be placed
on asheet.
When using fuze 106 there will never under any circum-
stances be more than two rounds with the wire broken, i.e.,
the round “loaded” and the round “ready.” When a
specified number of rounds have been ordered the wires of
no more timan that number will be broken.
8. When one group of ammunition is nearly expended, 6
REPORTS to I the particulars of the next group.
DUTIES OF 7, 8 AND 9.
1. IN ACTIONthey remain at the wagon line.
2. They assist in the SUPPLY of AMMUNITION and are
available to replace CASUALTIES. -
DUTIES OP 10.
1. Ho is the COVERER, SECOND in COMMAND of the
saab-section andis in charge of thefiring battery wagon.
2. IN ACTION ho remains at the wagon line in charge
of the teams andwagons of his sub-section.
21 -
CHAPTER 11.— GUN DRILL.
Artillery Training lays down the principles of battery
tactics, which vary little with different equipments. This
chapter details the orders given and the procedure by which
these orders are carried out in batteries armed witlm the
18-pr. Q.F. gun, MarksI— Il. -
The proceduremust be memorized and strictly adhered to.
The executive order is shown throughout as being given
by the section commander, as will normally be thecase during
training. When orders can be heard throughout the battery
they will be acted upon without repetition. Instructors will
invariably employ the orders detailed for the section corn-
matmder, even when drilling asingle detachment.
I . POS I T I ONS AT DE T ACHME NT BE AR.
The detachment falls in two deep, one pace ‘between ranks,
I on theright of the frontrank. I is not covered.
When the gun is limberedup, the front rankis three paces
in rear of the muzzle, I covering the off gun-wheel.
When the gun is in action, the front rank is ono pace in
rear of the trail eye, I covering the right gun-wheel.
2. TO TELL OFF. -
Section commander.
‘...section—Tell off.”
Inumbers himself I, theright-hand man of therear rank 2,
his front rank man 3, and so on.
22
3. T O CHANGE ROUND.
Section commander.
“...see1io~z,—C/wnge round.”
I takes a pace to the rear with his right foot, and apace
to the left ‘with his leftfoot. The left-hand man of the rear
rank takes a pace to the front. At the same time the
remainder of the front rank takes a pace to the right and
the rear rank a pace to the left.
(Thedetachment is then again told off.)
4. POS I T I ONS WHEN MOUNT E D.
I and the coverer on their horses on the leftof the leaders
of the gun and firing battery wagon, respectively; 2 and 3
on the gun limber; 5 and 6 on time wagon limber, 4, on the
wagon of time firing battery; 7 and 8 on the limber, 9 on
the wagon of the first line; 2, 4, 6 and S on the near side;
3, 5, 7 and 9 on time offside.
5. TO MOUNT.
Section commander. -
section,—Detachments, prepare to mount.”
The men double to their places at the carriages and lay
hold of the guard irons, 2, 6, 8 and 9 witlm the left hand,
3, 4, 5 and 7 with the right imand, each placing a foot upon
trail, perch or spoke.
Section commander.
Tho whole spring into their places. The men on the
limbers turn roundto thefront, lifting their feet elose together,
23
and throwing them over the guard irons. They sit upright,
imolding the handstraps with the inner and the guard iron
with the outer hand. This is time position of attention.
Whemm travelling over rougim ground they should raise
themselves to avoidbeing jolt~d.
6. T O S I T AT EASE.
Section commander. -
.sect’or~—Sitat ease.”
The men on the carriages place the outer upon the inner
hand and sit well back. -
7. T O DI S MOUNT .
Section commander. -
“...sectzon—Detaclmments, prepare to dismount.”
The men on the limbers turn to time rear, timrowiamg their
legs over the guard irons; 4 and 9 stand up.
Section commander. -
Dismount.’’
The wholo jump clear of time carriages, and form detach-
miacnt rear.
S T O MOV E T HE GUN WI T H DRAGROPE S
WHE N LI MBE RE D UP.
Section commander.
.section—l Vith dragropes, prepare to advance”
2 and 3 hook the dragropes to the drag washers on their
own sides, the backs of the hooks downwards; 8 and 9,
go to the pole and the remainder man the ropes, 2, 4 and 6
on time near side, 3, 5 and7 on the off.
24 -
Sectiàn commander.
- . .section—l Valkmarch.”
The carriago is moved to the front.
Section commander.
...8ection—IJalt.”
The carriage is halted and the detaehineamt renmain at their
posts.
- Section commander.
- . .section—Detachments rear.”
2 and 3 replace the dragropes on the shield; time detach-
ment double to their places and halt.
9. TO MOVE THE GUN WITHOUT DRAGROPES
WHE N LI MBE RE D UP.
Section commander.
“...section— Without dragropes, prepare to advance.”
2 and 3 push in rear of the shield; 4 and5 man the gun-
wheels; 8 and 9 go to time pole; the remainder assist: 6
on thenear side, 7on theoff.
Section commander.
“.. .section~—”Walk march.”
The carriage is movedto thefront.
Section commander.
.section~—Halt.”
The carriage is halted and time detachment remain at their
posts.
25
Section commander.
“... section—Detachment rear.”
Thedetachment double to their places andhalt.
10. T O E XAMI NE E QUI PME NT .
Examination of equipment will bo carried out before
leaving time gun park. When in action this procedure should
be carried out at least once in every 24 hours, amid advantage
should bo taken of any interval to examine and test equip-
ment.
Section commander.
“...section—Examine equipment.”
Tho section comnmander supervises the testing of sights
and grouping of ammunition.
1 sees that the bore is clear, thiat the gun, buffer and re-
cuperator are properly connected up and the gear regulating
recoil in adjustment. He sees that time buffer andrccuperator
are correctly charged and that timere is no leakage fromthe
glands. -
Ho tests and adjusts the sights and sees that the elevation
and faze indicators are setat the M.V. of time gun.
He tests protrusion of the striker, and generally supervises
time work of the remainder of time detachment, satisfying
himself that spare parts are interchangeable, that the small
stores are completo and that tho equipment is in all respects
ready for action.
2 removes and replaces breech and muzzle covers, amid
examines the breech mechanism, elevating and clamping
gear, shield and brake.
He assists I to testand adjusttime elevation indicator.
26
3 examines the sights, apparatus illuminating sights,
elevating, traversing and firing gears, simield and brake, lie
assists I to test and adjust time sights.
4 examines the aiming posts.
6 examines the fuze indicator.
4, 5, 6 ,7,8 and9 examine the limbers and wagons and see
that time small stores are complete; they examine theammuni~
tion, andgroup itin time vehicles as ordered.
As soon as the examination is completed, the detachment
form detachment rear.
I collects reports, and reports to time section commander
“No... .ready for action,” or otherwise.
II. TO PRE PARE FOR ACT I ON.
Preparation for action will be carried out before moving
into action.
Section commander.
- . .section—Preparc for action.”
The detachment, if mounted, dismount.
I sees that the bore is clear, and satisfies himself that the
detachment and equipment are in all respects ready for
action.
2 removes the breech and muzzle covers and straps them
to the shield. - He examines the breechmechanism, extractor,
olevating gear and elevation indicator, clamping gears, shield
and brake. He replaces the breech and muzzle covers if
ordered. -
3 examinesthesights, elevating, traversing and firing gears,
shield and brake. -
4 examines the gun limber and aiming posts.
27
5 examines time limber and 6 the body of the firing battery
wagon.
7 and 8 examine the limber and 9 the body of the first line
wagon.
The men who examine the limbers and wagons uncover
time fuzes as ordered, seeing thatthey are setat safety.
As soon as he hascompleted his duties, each man reports
to I and resumes his place. I then reports to his section
commander “No,. .ready for action” or otherwise.
12. T O COME I NT O ACT I ON.
Action front.
Section commander.
“...section—Action front.”
I places himself, dismounted, so that he can see when his
gun is in the required position. He then orders “Halt—
Action front.”
The detachment dismount. I goes to the near and 4
to the off gun-wheel; 2 and 3 go to the trail; 3 releases the
limber hook catch andwith 2 lifts the trail clear of the hook.
3 orders ~‘ Limber drive on.” Thelimber advancesone yard,
wheels right-about at atrot, and proceeds to the wagon line
under the direction of the battery serjeant-major.
3 moves round the trail eye and with 2 carries the trail
through halfacircle to therightand lowers it to the ground;
I and 4 man time wheels. On aside siope time trail is carried
downhill. -
The wagon halts about 20 yards in rear of the gun until
the gun is roughly in the line of fire; I then signals to the
28
wngon to “Advance”; the wagoim drives up and halts
on the left of the gun with tho axle of the wagon body 1 -
yard in rear of and about 1 foot clear of the gun axle.
4 puts on the brake; 5 and 6 unhook; 6 orders “Drive
on.” The team advances 1 yard, wheels left-aboutat a trot
and proceeds to the wagon line under the direction of time
battery serjeant-major.
I throws back the traversing lever.
2 lowers tho shield, raises the upper shield, releases time
clamping gears, hands the dial sight to 3, opens the breech,
andputs on the brake.
3 raises the shield, fixes time sight elinometer, dial sight,
and raises the shutter shield if necessary.
4prepares the aiming posts.
5prepares ammunition.
6 fixes the fuze indicator on thewagon shield and assists 5.
The detachment take up their positions in action. -
When cominginto actionS in the open~—.
The wagon drives up as soon as the trail is lowered to
the ground.
If the order “Wagons right” is given, the wagon drives
up on the right of time gun, instead of the left, and
the gun andwagon teams wheel to theleftandright-
aboutrespectively when ordered to “Drive on.”
Action right, Action left, Action rear.
At “Action right” the trail is carried throughm a quarter
of acircle to time left, 2 mnoving roundthetrail eye.
At “Action left” the trail is carried throi~gha quarter
of acircle to theright, 3 moving round time trail eye.
29
At “ Action rear “ the trail is immediately lowered to the
- ground.
iVlmen training detachments in these movements, the detail
given under “ Action front” mast be modified accordingly with
regard to movement of teams, trail, and work of 2 and 3.”
Norx.— On dismounted parades, 6 , 7, 8 and9 man time gun
limber, 6 and 7in rear, S and 9 at time 1)010.
13. POSITIONS IN ACTION.
I kneels on the right side of the trail just in front of the
trail handle.
2 sits astride theseat on the right side.
3 sits on theseat on the leftside.
4 kneels behind 3.
5 kneels in rear of the wagon on the side nearer the gun.
6 kneels in rear of the wagon on the side further from the
gun.
7, 8 and 9 remain with the first line wagons. At drill,
when no first line wagons are present, they take post 0 yards
in rear of thegun.
14. TO DORM DETACIflV~ENTREAR IN ACTION.
Section commander.
- . .section—Detachments rear.”
1. doubles to his place (1 yard in rear of the trail eye and
covering the right gun-wheel) and gives tho order “No.
flouble march,” Atthe order from I the remainder double
to their places and halt.
30
15. T O T AKE POS T FROM DE T ACHME NT RE AR~
Section commander.
.sectiow—Talce post.”
The detachment double to their positions in action. -
16. T O OBT AI N T HE LI NE OF FI RE .
Time line of fire is obtained by one of the methods described
in Artillery Training.
17 T O LAY T HE GUN I N T HE LI NE OF FI RE .
Section commander.
...section—Airning point degs.,.. .mins. right (or left).
1. gauges the line and throws the gun into the required
direction, ordering “Run up” if necessary.
3 sets time dial siglmt .at the angle ordered, the sight clino-
meter at zero, and brings time bubble to time centre of its run
by the elevating hand-wlmeel, and lays for line.
1 points out time auxiliary aiming point and battery picket
to 3.
As soon as time permits 3 reports to 1 the readings of the
dial sightfrom the battery picketand auxiliary aiming point;
I records them on the slate.
The section commander goes to his guns and takes a note
of the angles recorded.
18. T O AS CE RT AI N T HE LOWE S T E LE V AT I ON
AT WHI CH T HE T RAJE CT ORY WILL CLE AR
T HE CRE S T .
Section commander. -
.section—Report crest angle.”
2 sets the elevation indicator at zero, -
31
I lays time gun just clear of the crest by looking along the
bottomof time bore, ordering3 to elevate or depressas required.
3 brings time bubble of the sight elinometer central by time
amicrometer head.
I applies the correction for droop and jump for his par-
licimlar gimu to the angle recorded on the sight elinometer*
and reports time result to the section commander, who passes
~tto time gun position officer.
The gun position officer adds to the anglo reported the
elevation due to range to the crest, plus allowance for safety,
and reports the resultant quadrant anglo to the battery
commander.
Norme.— The section commander simould order the correct
angle of sight to tho gun, after the crest angle has been
taken.
19. T O PLANT AI MI NG POS T S .
Section commander.
..section—Aiming posts front (or rear).”
4doubles out in front (or rear) of his gun with two aiming
posts and plants them as directed by 3 in line with the dial
sight set at zero (or 180 degrees). He plants the near post
*Example—
Angleon sightcllnometcr (say) ... + 1’40’
Correction br droop amid jump (say) + 24
Angleto reportto section commander 2’ 4’
- 32
first at about 50 yards from time gun. He timen plants the
further post as far from time gumm as possible up to about
100 yards.
If the order “Re-plant aiming posts” is given, 4 doubles
out and, at the signal from 3, pulls up the posts, time furthbr
one first, andre-plants them.
20. PARALLE L LI NE S T O A NAME D GUN.
When the line of time named gun has been obtained by
shooting, the anglo (or angles) reported by I must be cor-
rected for difference in level of wimeels of time nanmed gun
before beingordered to the otimer guns.
Zero Line Method.
Section commander.
.sectiorm (or - No... .)—Parallel lines to No... .—Zero line
method.”
3 of time named gun relays for line.
1. of the named gun reports imis anglo right or left of his
zero line.
This angle, corrected for level of wheels, if necessary, is
ordered to the other guns.
Aiming Point Method.
Section comnmaimdcr.
..sectioa (or No.... )---—Parallel lines to No... .—Aiming point
method.”
The section coimmmandcr indicates an aiming point.
33
3 of the named gun relays for line, swings his dial sight
on to the aiming point andI reportsthe reading. This angle,
corrected, if necessary, for parallelism and level of wimeels,
is orderedto the other guns.
- Director Method.
Section commander.
- .section, (or No... .)—Parallel lines to No... .—Director
method.” - -
3 of the named gun relays for line,swings Imis dial sight on
to time director and I reports the reading corrected for level
of wlmeeis, if necessary. Time director is set accordingly
nimd individual angles are ordered to tho other guns.
Dial Sight Method.
Section commander.
“.. .seclion (or No... .)—Parallel lines to No... .—Dial sight
method.”
3 of the named gun relays for line. Ho tlmen swings his
dial sight on to time dial sigimt of each gun in turn.
I reports these angles, correct-ed for level of wheels, if
necessary, to his section commander, wimo passes on their
supplements to the section commander concerned.
3 of eaclm other gun set-s his dial sigimt at tIme angle ordered
for his gun ammd lays on the dial sight of the named gun.
21. T O CHE CK PARALLE L LI NE S .
Section comma~mder.
• .section—Checlcparallel lines to No....”
(n 27/18)q - A 5
- 34
2 sets time clevatioimindicator at zero.
3 relays for line.
3 of the named gun lays on the dial sight of each gun in
turn.
I reports the angles to his section commander who passes
them to the section commanders concerned.
3 of each other gun lays on the dial sight of the named
gun.
1. reports the reading to imis section commander, wimo
adds it to time angle taken by time named gun. The sum of
thetwo angles simould be 180 degrees. If necessaryime corrects
time Zero line aimglcs.
22. T O LOAD.
Percussion shrapnel.
Section conmmnander.
“ . . .seclion—S/mropnel normal (or heavy).. .ranging (or method
of fire)—Percussion.”
I repeats tho ammunition order, and at time correct smioment
orders “Load.”
5supplies around to 4.
4 sees that the fuzo is set at safety, loads, and receives
another round from5.
2 closes the breech.
T ime shrapnel.
Section commander.
.section—Shrapnel normal (or heavy) anging (or snethod
offire)—Correc(or...
“ (Elevation)...”
35 -
I repeats lime ammmmmmummitiomm order, and at the correct
moment orders “Load.”
6 sets tho fuze indicator and calls out the fuzo setting.
5sets the fuzo and supplies the round to 4.
4 loads and receives enotimem’round from 5.
2 closes the breech.
High explosive.
Section commander.
.section—II.E. (faze).. .ranging (or method of fire).”
I repeats time amnmummition order amid at time correct moment
orders “Load.”4
6 uncaps the fOze (if necessary) and, supplies the round
to 4.
4 loads and receives another round from 5~*
2 closes the breech.
Dmmring ranging (except witim “time set‘‘ fuzes) time gmmn
will be reloaded as soon as it is fired.
During ranging witlm “timmmo set” fuzes time gun will be
reloaded as soon as the ti~nosetting has been ordered.
At a method of fire time gmmn will not be loaded sooner timan
is necessary to maintain time rate of flue.
After time first round—
If timere is no alteration in mmmmn4mnit.iofl ordered, I only
orders “ Load.”
* When a spbeifed number of mound.s (fuzo No. 100) have been fired
the wire and seal of the faze of this round Mill be unbroken.
(a 27/l8)q ‘ A 6
36
If timere is mum alteration iim ammmmmmuimitiomm ordered, I re-
peats time amimnumition order for time first roumid
only.
Novn.— At drill, only drill cartridges with wooden shells
will bo loaded.
23. T O UNLOAD.
No. I .
“No...
2 opens the breech slowly.
4 withdraws the roun~i and places it on the ground.
Nov~.— Theunloaded round can be re-set or returned to
the wagon, but rounds with the time rings re.set should be
fired as soon as possible.
24. T O LAY THE GUN.
I ndirect laying with sight cilnometer.
Section commander.
“...sectton. . .degs. - . .mins. more right (or left).”
“ Angle of sight.. .degs. . . .mins. eleyalion (or depression).”
“ (Elevation).. .~“
I applies the position correction (if any) and passes the
corrected elevation to 2.
2 sets the elevation indicator and reports “ Set.”
3 puts on thedeflection andangle of sight, lays and reports
“Ready.” -
- 37
Indirect laying with field cl.tnoznetor.
Section commander. ‘ -
.section—Olinometer laying.. .degs. . . .mins. more right (or
left).”
“ Angle of sight—.. .deg... .mins. elevation (or depression).”
(Elevation). .4egs....mins.”
I applies time index correction (if any) to time elevation
ordered and passes thecorrected elevation to 2. -
2 sets the field clinometer, lays for elevation, and reports
Set.”
3 puts on thedeflection, sets and levels the sightclinometer,
lays for line and reports “Ready.”
I removes the field elinonmeter.
N0TE.— When laying by field clinometer, the elevation
ordered is the-actual elevation at which each gun is to be
layed.
Direct laying.
Section commander.
.sectiom—Reference point...”
“Target—.. .o’clock.. .degree~e.”
“ Open sights—.. .degs. . . .mins. more right (or left).”
“(Elevation)...”
I throws thegun into theline.
2 sets the elevation indicator and reports“S et.”
38 -
3 sets time traversing gear at zero (or at 3 degs. traverse if
time order “Target...nmoving from... “ is given) mend puts
the deflection oim time open sigimts. He hays direct over the
open sights on the ground line of imis portion of the target
and reports “Ready.”
If “Indirect” is ordered, I selects an auxiliary aiming
pointandpoints it outto 3.
3 turns time dial sight on to this aiming point. He sets
time siglmt elinometer at time angle of sight ordered, and lays
indirect witim siglmt ehinomneter.
25. TO FIRE.
No. I.
“ No..,—Fire.”
I orders” Fire” assoon as he has satisfied himself that his
guru is ready and his turn to fire has arrived. --
3 fires the gun and re-lays. -
2 opens the breech.
The gun will on no account be fired without the order
from I. - -
If time gun fails to run out completely 2 and 3 push it Imome
by hmand.
- 26. MI S S -FI RE S .
If time gun fails to fire, 3 gives the firing lever a second
pull.
If the gun again fails to fire, I allows one minute to elapse,
orders “Unload,” and examines the primer.
39
If the primer has failed to fire he examines the cap. If
fairly struck, anewprimer is inserted. If not fairly struck,
the strikeris chang4
If the primer has fired a newprimer is fitted provided
that the round can be fired at once. Otherwise the charge
is withdrawn and destroyed. Such a round must on no
account be replaced iii a wagon or limber.
27. T O CLE AR THE S PADE .
Section commander.
“. . .section—Spades clear.”
I orders “Runup.”
3 throws backthequickrelease leverof timebrake and brings
the traversing gear to zero ; 2 and 4 mnami time wimcels; I
amid 6 m~mntime traversing lover.
At time order from I thespade is cleared amid time gun moved
to thefront (or rear) until the platformis satisfactory.
I orders “Take post.” The gumm is relayed.
I f necessary on account of heavy ground, I orders
“With dragropes, run up.”
3 throws back the quick release lever of time brake amid
brings the traversing gear to zero.
2 amid 4 make fast wheel purchases just abovo time brake
blocks. -
I mmmans time traversimmg lever, time remnaimider mamm time ropes,
2 and5 omi the right, 4 amid 6 on time left.
At the order fronm I, the spade is cleared and time gun
nmoved to time front (or rear)until time platformn is satisfactory.
I orders “Takepost” ; 2 and4 replace dragropes.
The gun is relayed.
40
28. T O CHANGE T ARGE T .
Section commander.
“ .. .section—Target...”
“(Ammunition)...”
“ . . .degs... .mins. right (or left) of zero lines.”
I repeats the ammunition order, clears time spade if neces-
sary, and throws the gun into the newline.
3 brings the traversing gear to zero, sets the dial sight
at the recorded zero line reading, and turns the micrometer
headthrough the.angle ordered.
5 and6 prepare ammunition.
Section commander.
“ Angle of sight—.. .degs... .mins. elevation (or depression).”
3 sets the sigimt elinometer.
I cheeks thesetting.
section commander.
.ranging (or method offire).”
“(Interval) (if required)...”
“ Percussion (or corrector) (if necessary).”
I at time correct moment orders “Load.”
5 supplies ammunitiommto 4.
4 loads and receives another roumid fromn 5.
2 closes the breecim.
Section commander.
“ (Elevation) or (elevations)...”
I passes time elevation to 2.
41
2 sets the elevation indicator and reports “Set.”
3 hays, puts on the brake and reports “Ready.”
I f necessary on account of heavy ground, I orders
“With dragropo trail rigimt (or left).” -
2 hooks adragrope to the trail handle; 2, 4, 5 and 6 man
the rope and imeave as directed by I or 3.
I orders “Take post” ; 2 replaces time dragrope.
29. T O S T OP FI RI NG.
Section commander.
“...secUon—S(op.”
The detacimment continue their duties -but the gun is not
fired until the order “Go on”is given.
30. TO STAND FAST.
Section commander.
“...&ction—Standfast.”
All stand fastwhatever they are doing.
At the order “Go on” work is continued.
31. T O S T OP LOADI NG.
Section commander.
.section—Stop loading.”
The preparation of ammunition is suspended.
Time detachmment continue their duties. Any gun already
loaded is fired at its proper interval, but no gun will be loaded
until the order “Go on “ is given.
42
32. T O E MPT Y GUNS .
Section commander.
“ . . .section—Empty guns.”
Any gun loaded is layed at the last elevation and line, and
fired.
If a cap has beemi removed from a No. 100 fmmm before the -
order is given, time heading is completed, and the gun fired.
33. T O S T AND E AS Y I N ACT I ON.
Section commander. -
“...section (or No....)—Stand easy.”
Timis order is given to indicate that fiming is temporarily
suspended.
Before opening fire again the order “Take post” will be
given.
34. T O PRE PARE T O MOV E .
Time section commander informs time Nos, I of time metimod
of evacuating time position andwhet-leer aposition of assembly
is to be used.
Section commander.
.section—Prepare to move.”
Ammunition and stores as ordered by the section com-
manderare repacked.
Preparation for limbering up will be made as far as possible,
butguns will remain in actionuntil the order “Cease firing”
is given. -
- 43
- 35. T O CE AS E FI RI NG.
Section commander.
“...section—Cease firing.” -
I f the gunis loaded, I orders “Unload.”
The spade is cleared, and I folds the traversing lever on
the trail.
2 closes time breech, takes off time brake, receives dial sigimt
from 3 and places it jim the case.
3 sot-s the traversing gear at zero, replaces sigimtcliimometer,
imammds dial sight to 2, lowers and secures the simutter shield
amid secures the quick release lever of the brake by its strap.
4 brimmgs in and replaces time aiming posts if ordered.
5and 6 resetfuzes at safety, replace clips and anmmmmumiit-iomm
amid close all lids.
6 replaces time fuze indicator and takes off time wagon
brake.
2 depresses the gun to its full extent; 3 elevates time gumu
to stops; 2 brings the gun to time travelling position and
secures the clanmpimig gears.
2, assisted by 3, raises and secures the lower shield.
3 lowers time upper simield.
36. TO LI MBE R UP.
Rear limber up.
Section eoinnmander. -
“ . . .section—Eear limber up.” -
Time detachment take post as follows :—
2 and 3 between breeclm amid wheels, 1. imm front of 2 ; 4 in
front of- 3, kneeling with thmeir backs to tIme axietree ; 5 and
44
6 ready to limber up the wagon or hmook in time wagon
team.
The limber approaches from the right ; I orders “Halt”
early enough to ensure timat wheim halted the off wheel will
be opposite the trail eye; the limber is halt-ed and squared.
I orders “Limber up” ; 2 and3 lift the trail and place it
on the Imook; I and4 man the wheels.
5 and 6 hook in time wagon team, or limber up the wagon.
The detachment mount without further orders.
On dismounted parades they form detacimment rear.
Front limber up.
Section commander.
- .section—Front limber up.”
2 and 3 lift the trail; 4 mans the leftammd 5 the rigimt gnu-
wheel; the gun is run clear of the wagon and the trail is
carried through ahalf circle to the right (2 moving round the
trail) and lowered to time ground. Time detachmenttako post.
Thehimnber drivesimp on the right andone yard clear of time
gun. When clear of time gun-wheel, it inclines to the left
until the near wheel of time limber has just passed the trail
eye.
I orders “ Halt” ; the limber is halted and squared.
I orders “Limber up”; 2 and 3 lift the trail and place it
on the hook; I and4 man the wheels.
5and6 hook in the wagon team, or limber up the wagon.
The detachmentmount without further orders.
On dismounted parades they form detachment rear.
45
Right limber up.
Section Commander.
.section—llight limber up.”
Thetrail is carried tlmroughm aquarter of acircle to the right.
(The procedure is time-n as infront limber up.)
Left limber up.
Sect-ion Commander.
- ..section—Left limber up.”
Time trail is carried through aquarter of acircle to time left
amid the limber drives up on time left.
(The procedure is then as infront limber up.)
When detailing “Right (or Left) umberup,” time instructor
will modify the detail of “1~ront limber UI)” as necessary.
37. CAS UALT I E S T O DE T ACHME NT S . -
Men.sent to replace casualties report to their section corn-
mammders who order simeim cimamuges of duties as they consider
necessary.
Casualties are replaced as follows -
Section commander -.. By the senior No. I of the
section.
I ... ... ... By a named successor.
With five men ... 5 performs theduties of S and6 .
With four men ... I performs the duties of I and
2. 2 performs the duties of
5 and 6 .
46
With three men ... I performs the duties of I and 2,
and calls out the length of
fuzo from the fuze indicator
on theshield. -
- 2 performs the duties of 4, 5
and6.
38. CASUALTIES TO EQUIPMENT.
(i) Breech mechanism.
If the breech will not open see that:—
(a) The triggerhas resumed its normal position.
(b) The guide for mainspring is flush with the face of
the breech.
The trigger can be pushedinto place by hand. If the guide
for mainspring is not flush, remove the firing mechanism.
If thebreech still cannotbe opened, placetime pointof apick-
axe between the breech mechanism lever and the carrier,
press in the catch retaining breech mechanism lever and
gently move the breech mechanism lever. -
(ii) Sight dinoinoter.
Lay by means oLthefield clinometer.
(iii) Elevation indicator.
Lay by means of the field chinomctcr.
(iv) Dial sight.
Lay on aiming posts over the open sight. To obtain time
line before planting aiming posts, lay the gun by means o~
a dial sight borrowed from another gun.
- 47
(v) Wheels.
I!agun-wheel is damaged, turn it at once so that the
soundest portion bears the weight of tho glen. Procure a
spare wheel from alimber or wagon and replace the damaged
wheel as follows
Raise the carriage by lifting on the damaged wheel (or
by means of asack if available). Support the axle by means
of the bar supporting pole, placing the lower end on asimovel
to prevent it sinking into the ground. The damaged wheel
can then be removed and replaced.
If the damage is such that the axle has fallen to the
ground it may bo raised by means of alimber as follows :—
Place the limber so that the limVer hook is over the point
of the axle of thegun. Scotch the limber wheels to prevent
them running forward. Raise the pole through an angle
of about 80 degrees, having first secured a dragropo with
which to haul it down. Secure the axle to the limber book
by means of mm dragrope and then haul down on time pole.
- 39. LONG RANGE SHOOTING.
Carriages Marks I~to I I only.
For ranges over 6 ,6 00 yards wlmemm usimmg 2 c.r.h. sled) the
following procedure will be adopted
The line is obtained and AFTER time gmmmm is iayed imi it,
subsidiary aiming posts are planted at 180°or adistant aimnileg
point is chosen to lay on from routed to round.
The range table of the gun includes three long range tables
for ranges between 6 ,000 yards and 9,400 yards.
In addition to time true angle of sigimt for time target afalse
angle of sigimt of 7°,14’ or 20°elevation (according to wimichm
48 - -
table is to be used) is puton thesigimt elinometer. The tables
therm showtime settings of the elevatiome indicator wimicim corre-
spond to any range required.
Time M.V. corrector is keptsetto theknown M.V. of thegun.
Permanent additional gun corrections are given to guns
on time figures in the table, according to their individual M.Vs.
The tables give time number of yards on the indicator which
is equivalent to 100 yards on time ground. This information
is used for time applying of meteor corrections and, if there
is no M.V. corrector, -of ammy gumm corrections.
Time tables aiso give theextra deflection required to correct
for drift. -
0mm tIme level it is necessary to dig ahole for the trail—
1 foot deep to reach 7,000 yards.
2 feet , , , , , , 8,000 , ,
3 , , , , ,, ,, 9,000
4 , , , , , , , , 9,500
The hole must not be deeper tlman is actually necessary or
the stability of time carriage will suffer._
The wheels simould be level.
Ranging, if necessary, should be carriedoutin false yards.
Example :---
“All guns 12 degrees Right of zero lines.” -
Aiming posts rear.” - -
“Sinlctrailstoreach8,000yards “(G.P.O. reports” Ready “).
“Target—Transport.”
“ H.E. 106 .”
All guns 10 mins. more Left” (extra drift correction).
49
Angle of sight—7 degs. 30 ,nins. elevation.” (includes true
angle of sight 30 mills, elevation).
One round Salvo fire.”
“6 100.” -
“ Fire.”
Specimen Permanent additional Gun corrections, to be
applied on Elevation Indicator :— -
Correction.
Gtin.
M.V.
Variation in.
AS. 7°.~ A.S. 14°. A.S. ~O°.
- 40. DI S ABLE ME NT .
The extent of disablement ordered will depend on the time
available and timo probability of recapture.
To disable the gun so that it can be brought into action
immediately after recapture: remove the breech screw.
50
To disable the gun so that it be brought into action after
repair: disconnect the recoil unit and fire thegun.
To destroy the gun ; place mum 1I.E. simell fuzed lOlE or 1O1B
in the muzzle, loadwith H.E. fmmzed lolE or biB, and fire the
gun by means of along lanyardfrom under cover. Alength
of t-eiepimone wire attacimed to the lanyard is suitable for time
No’rz.— Tho dial sigimt and climeometers should always be
removed, and taken away before abandoning agun.
41. BLANK AMMUNI T I ON.
1. No officer, non-commissioned officer or gunner who has
not been trained mmd passed in gun drill, is to command
a section or form part of a gun detachment firing blank
ammunition atsalutes or attraining.
2. When firing Q.F. blank cartridges, no gun is to be
reloaded within 15 seconds after firing. Even after this in.
tervai, no gun is to be reloaded until I has examined the
chamber and bore and removed any debris remaining from
the previous round.
3. In the event of a miss-fire, a further attempt should
be made to fire thegun in its turn. In no ease must thebreech
be opened for at least one minute with black powder, and
ten minutes with smokeless charges. No one must be
in rear of the breach when it is opened. In firing salutes, an
officer or senior non-commissioned officer should be detailed
or thespecial duty of timing theinterval after amiss.fire and
informing I of that gun when the breech may be opened.
S i
4. As a further safeguard, 1. is responsible that the
chargeis properly homo in thecase before theround is loaded.
This can be done by pressing down tho leather board cup on
the point of the traversing lever, a small mark being made
under local arrangements on each traversing lever, to indi-
cate when the charge is in its correctposition.
52
ChAPTER III.— LAY1NG AND FTJZE
SETTING TESTS.
I . I n every battery there simould be at least six qualified
layers and nine qualified fuzo setters in cache sub-section,
exclusive of serjeants and lancc-serjeants. A list of layers
should be kept. All layers, fuze setters, section commanders,
serjeants and lanee-scrjeants should be tested periodically.
2. All officers and Nos. I must be thoroughly conversant
with
(i) The tests for andcare of sighting gear andsights.
(ii) Themethods of obtaining parallel lines of fire.
(iii) I~LV.correctors and correctionsfor jumpand droop.
3. Layerswill be tested by means of two tests. Test A will
consistof four lays indirect; test B of two lays direct.
4. A maximum of 20 marks will be given for each lay in
test A, and 10 marks for each lay in test B. - In order to
qualify, alayer mustobtain 81 marks.
The duties of 2 will be considered as part of each test.
5. The examiner should be assisted by an officer or senior
non-commissioned officer with astop watch and record book,
and by a penciller who will take down all orders given, for
reference when checkingthelay.
0. When layingindirect, threeor more aiming points should
be selected to the rear and on either flank, if possible, and
made known to all concerned.
53
7. Before beginning the test-s at least five targets will be
selected in the foreground at varying ranges and angles of
sight, and coveringafront of about25 degrees; except in tho
case of targets representing guns, these simould ho natural
features of the ground. If it be necessary to use dumnmies,
they should be placed in positions such as the troops which
they represent would naturally occupy on service. A refer.
ence point, approximately in the centre of the target zone,
will be pointed out to the No. I and to the layers ; targets
will ho indicated with reference to this point by means of the
clock code.
8. When laying directoem any target(other than agun target)
which extends over a fairly wide frontage, great exactitudo
in direction will not be required as regards thepoint originally
selected to lay upon, which may be anywhere in that portion
of thetarget opposite to thegun being layed. Any subsequent
lay on the same target must, however, be on thesame point
as thefirst.
9. Theorders for thelay must be givenoutby theexaminer
clearly and distinctly, a short pause (about 2 or 3 seconds),
being made after each separate order, thus: “All guns
20 degs. right of zero lines” . . . pause . . . “All guns 15
mis. more right” . . . pause . . . “ Angle of sight 1 deg.
20 mis elevation” . . . pause . . . “4200.”
All orders will be acknowledged by the No. I and acted on
at once. Should alayer at any time be in doubt as to any
particular order, he will refer to the No. 1, who may repeat
to him any part of the order received. The No. I may, in
turn, refer to the examiner.
10. After checking alay, the examiner will elevate the gun
about 15minutes~
- 54
11. In the case of achange target the brake must be taken
off and put ore by means of the quick release lever.
12. Layers will be examined in pairs (Nos. 2 and 3); for
any incorrect portion of a lay marks will be deducted only
from the individual making the error.
Thelayer will call out “Ready” as soon as he has finished
laying the gun. The time will bo taken from the conclusion
of the orders for the lay until the word “ Ready” from-the
layer. -
14. One mark will be deducted :— -
(1) For every 5seconds or fraction of 5seconds beyond
the time laid down for the particular lay.
(ii) If the traversing gear is not within 30 minutes of
zero, except in lays 2 and 6 .
13. The times allowed for each lay are as/ollows :—
(iii) For each mistake in thô manipulation of the sighting
gear or in the drill of the layer as laid down.
‘55
15. Ten marks will be deducted
If theaiming posts are not planted in line.
16 . No markswill be given for thelay:—
(i) If the sighmt, elimmometer or elevation indicator is
incorrectly set.
(ii) When laying indirect, if the gun is not correctly
layed Ior elevation and direction. -
(iii) When laying direct, if the gun is not iayed for
elevation witimin 3 minutes or for direction within
5 minutes.
17. Fuzo setters will be teste(1 by three continuous tests.
18. A 1mea~ximumnof 30 marks, 10 to be allotted for cache
test, will be given for time three tests; in order to qualify
25 marks mustbe obtained. -
19. Time ailowed for each test will he one minute. -
20. No marks will be given for time test— -
(1) If thefuze indicator is wrongly set. -
(ii) If any fuzes are incorrectly set.
21. One mark will be deducted for every five seconds over
the time allowed.
EXAMPLES OP TESTS.
Laying tests.
The gun is placed on a firm platform. The examiner sets
the elevation indicator at about3,000 yards and the remain.
ing scales at zero.
50
Tesb A (indirect).
Orders. Procedure.
Lay I .
“ Aiming point...” The procedure will be as laid
‘“All guns, 90 degrees 10 down under “To lay the
minutes right.” gun in the line of fire.”
- T he battery picket and aux-
- iliary aiming pointreadings
will be recorded on the
slate after 3 has reported
“Ready.”
“Aiming postsfront.” The procedure will be as laid
down under “To plant
- aiming posts.”
- Time for this partof the lay is
not taken.
Lay 2.
“All guns, I degree 10 The procedure will be as laid
minutes more right.” down under “To lay the
“Angle of 8ight, 1 degree 20 gun.”
minutes’ elevation.” -
“3400.”
Lay 3.
“Repm’esent No. 2 gun in The procedurewill be as laid
action.” down under “To change
“Target....” target” and “To lay the
“All guns, 2 degrees 15 gun.”
minutes more left.”
57
- Orders.
“Concentrate 20 minutes on
No. 1.”
“Angle of sight, 10 minutes
depressioiz.”
“4275.”
Lay 4.
Target...”
“All guns, 31 degrees right
of zero lines.”
“Clinometer laying.”
Angle of sight—i degree
elevation.”
“10 degrees 30 minutes.”
Test A (indirect)—continued.
Procedure.
The procedure will be as laid
down under “To change
target” and “To lay the
gun.”
N0TE.— In lays 2, 3 and 4, layers should be exercised and
tested in layimeg from auxiliary aiming points or aiming posts
at the discretion of time examimmer.
Test B (direct).
The reference point is described before orders are given. -
Lay 5.
“Represent No. 3 gun in The procedure will be as laid
action.” down under “To lay the
“Infantry lining hedgerow; gun.” -
4 o’clock, 3 degrees to 5
degrees.”
Open sights.”
“1200.”
The examiner will put on adeflection andnote thereading.
58
Test B (direct)— continued.
Orders. Procedure.
Lay 6 .
“AUguns, 40 minutes more The gun will be relayed on
left.” thesame point of the target
“16 00.” as in Lay 5.
The deflection ordered will be
such as will enable the
layerto layby the travers.
ing gear.
Fuze setting test.
Orders. Procedure.
“ Corrector i52, 4700” The competitor will set the
fuze indicator atthecorrec-
tor and elevation ordered
and ~villsetsixfazes at the
graduation shown on the
fuze indicator.
59
CHAPTER 1V.— STGI:1T TESTS.
Thefield clinometer, sight elinometerand elevationindicator
should be tested daily and after prolonged firing. The align.
ment tests should be carried out as often as possible.
At drill tlmese tests should be carried out frequently to give
officers and N.C.Os. practice in doing them accurately.
Any adjustment to optical instruments must be carried out
by aqualified artifieer. -
Test I.— To test the field clinometer.
To ascertain the index error.
1. Set time chinoniet-er to read zero (degrees and minutes),
place time instrunmemmt 0mm the clinonieter plaice of time gun, amid
by meansof theeievatimmg gear bring time bubble into time centre
of its run, Turn tue clinometer emed for end. If time bubble
does not remain in the centre of its run bring it theere by
mnovimig time arne and slider. Note time nett rcadimmg. Half
this reaching is the INDEXERROR of time cliieomncter.
2. An alternative neethiod may be employed. Procure a
ehinometer known to be in adjustmeimt, set at zero, place
it on time elinometer plaice amid by macames of time elevating
gear bring time bubble central. Remove the clinometer.
The ehinomneter to be tested is now placed oh time clinomncter
lilano and the bubble brought central by moving the aria
GO
and slider. Time actual reading of this instrumemet is time
I NDE X ERROR. A number of clinometers can be quickly
and uniformly tested in this manner.
No’ru.— A elinometer when setto read its INDEXERROR
and with the bubble brought central will lay time clinonieter
plane horizontal.
The clinometer should be ad3usted to have no INDEX
ERROR, or if this is impracticable, the INDEX ERROR
must be applied to all angles to be seton the instrument.
The metimod of eliminating or adjtstimmg for INDEXERROR
is shown in the Handbook. - -
Test 2.— To test and adjust the sight citnometor.
With the sight clinometer bracket horizontal and the
sight chinometer reading zero, the bubble of the sight clino-
meter should be in the centre of its run.
Place the sight chinometer, set at zero, in its bracket and
bring the bubble to thecentre of its run by the leftelevating
hand-wheel. Reverse the sight elinomctcr end for end;
the bubble should still be in the centre of its run.
If the bubble is not in the centre, bring it so by turning
the micrometer head. Note the reading and set the micro-
meter scales to half this reading. Bring the bubble to the
centre of its run by the leftelevating hand.wheel. Slacken
the nuts securing the micrometer scales and the screws
securing the degree scale; shift the micrometer scales and
reader to zero and rc.elamp.
01
T est 3.—T o test and adjust the elevation indicator.
With the sighmt clinometer reading zero and the bubble
in the contra of its run, and with the axis of the gun inclined
at the necessary angle to the line of sight to compensate
for jump and droop, the elevation indicator should read
zero. II the jump of any particular equipment has not
beendetermined it will be taken as — 20 minutes.
Place a round in the chamber to take up any play in t-ho
elevating gear.
Set the M.V. corrector at 16 15.
Set the sight ehinometer at zero and bring the bubble to
the centre of its run by the left elevating hand-wheel; place
the field elinometer set at the correction for, jump‘on the
leftguide rib near the muzzle, arc to the rear. Elevate and
then depress by time right elevating hand-wheel until time
bubble of time field elinometer is in the centre of its run.
Time elevation indicator should read zero.
If the elevation indicator does not read zero, slacken the
nut, revolvethe indicator until it reads zero and re-clamp.
Set theM.V. corrector at the muzzle velocity of the gun.
Remove time round from time elmamber.
Alignment tests.
Before beginning these tests the following preparations
should be made :—
(i) Place’the carriage on a firm platform.
(ii) Select a well-defined object at least 1,500 yards
distant on which to lay.
02
(iii) if tlmis distant object cammmmot be foummd, ievel time
carriage tm’ammsverscly. :mmmd setup time target testing
sights (ace (liagramim) about 50 yards ime front of
time guim at rigimt angles to time axis of the bore.
(iv) If thecarriage cannotbe levelledtransversely thetop
of thedial sightcarrier andthe target testing sights
should be sloped to the same angle as the
carriage.
(v) Remove the striker andfixcross-wires at the muzzle
of the gun.* -
(vi) Set the elevation indicator, the cowl of the din
sight, the dial plate and micrometer scales of
the dial sight and the deflection scale of the
open sight at zero.
Test 4.— To test and adjust the dial sight and open
sight for line.
Time lines of sigimt through the dial sight and open sights
should be parallel to theaxis of the bore as regards line.
Lay the bore on the distant object for line by the left
elevating handwheel and the traversing gear, using the
intersection of the cross wires as a foresight and the hole
in the firing-hole bush as a hind sight. The lines of sight
through the dial sight and open sights ‘should be on the
distant object.
When using the target testing sights lay the bore on
point B; the dial sight should be on iine D, and the open
sights on line 0.
*TI,o e-ros,-wires intmst be ic-moved on conViction Of lest.
6 3
TABGET TESTiNC~ ~1OitTS.
18 Pe. Q.F. 1\IAEKS I ANn I i ON CARRIAGES MAIIaS I TO II.
2._~_~-8 5”-~—-—_.-l
—14 O~-’——~
KEY.
B == Bore of Gun.
o = Open Sigimt.
D Dial Sight.
04
If the dial sight is not in alignment, turn the micrometer
heads of thedial sight until thelino of sightis correct, slacken
the screws securing the reader of the dial plate and the nuts
of the micrometers, shift the reader and micrometer scales
to zero and re-clamp.
Iftbeopen sights arenot in alignment, slacken the nuts of
the cotter pin and partly withdrawit. Slacken the nut
of the eccentric bush and move the sight by means of the
bush until the line of sight is correct and re-clamp.
Test 5.— To test and adjust the open sights
for ele$,ration.
Time line of siglmt over the open siglets should lie in aplane
parallel to that in which time bubble of the sight elinometer
lies, when time latter is set at zero with the bubble in time
centre of its run.
Set the sight clinometer at zero and bring the bubble
to the centro of its run by the leftelevating-hand-wheel;
place the bar testing sights on the open sights, and place
the field elinometer set at zero on the bar testing sights.
The bubble should be in the centre of its run.
If the bubble is not in time centre, bringit so by slackening
the fixing screw and screwing tho foresight up or down
and re.clamp.
6 5
CHAPTER V.— CARE OF EQUIPMENT.
1. CLE ANI NG AND OI LI NG.
Limber gunners should be intelligent and reliable men.
The projections on the exterior of tho gun, by means of
which the gun slides in the cradlo of the carriage, should be
kept clean and oiled and maintained in good workingorder;
all working surfaces should be well lubricated and kept
free from paint.
The gun shmould be pulled back in time cradle at least once
a week by a tacido or dragropes; this lubricates time guides
ammd operates the packings. Time guim slide lubricators ommly
operate during recoil and runout; t-imeso lubricators must be
kept filled with oil dag.
The boreshould be kept clean and lightly greased.
After firing it should be scrubbed out with caustic soda
and hot water (1 lb. to a gallon), using the piasaba brush.
When dm’y itshould be lightly greased with mineral jelly.
No gritty substance, such as sandpaper or bath brick,
should be used for cleaning workingsurfaces.
All spare parts slmould be used periodically to ensure timat
they are in working order. -
The axletrees should be greased frequently, the old grease,
particularly from thechannels of the pipe box, beingremoved
before newgrease is applied. If there is side play between
thewheel andthe carriage, the linch-pin should be withdrawn
and the adjusting collar revolved to a suitable position to
take up the play.
Heads of lubricators should be kept free from paint.
66
LI st’ot lubricators
Fitting to be lubricated.
No.
Where situated.
Bearing, pinion, spindle,
hand.wheol.
Gear brake--
Bolts, connecting—
Cranked levers
Ecceimtriclink
Fork actuatingscrew
Fork actuating screw
Link, eccentric
Gear, ciovating—
Rod, connecting elevating
screw.
Gears, firing—
Arm, connocting
Rod, connecting
flraeket, connecting arc, range
gear.
Bolts ,00nneoting brake arm
Crosshoad, traversinggear
On top of each.
Inlubrieatingcup,l on each side.
Inside carriage body, 1 on each
side.
In bearing portion for hand.
wheel spindle on left side.
7 in sides for oiling sliding sur-
faces, and I on left side at
rear, with tube for lubricating
hand.wlmeel spindle.
On right side, close to hand-
wheel.
2 onleftsideand lonright,close
to shield.
Rear brake blocks—
In head of bolt, left side.
In head of bolt, rightside-.
On right side.
On left side.
In lower end.
In upper end, left side.
1 at eachend, leftside.
On left side.
I nbeadof each bolt.
Capsquares
Carriage body—
Bearings, axietrec
Bearings,clutch spindle
Cap, lower bracket of
Cradle— -
Body
2
2
2
2
8
1
3
I
1
1
1
‘1
1
2
67
- List of lubricatora—con(.
Fitting to be lubricated. No. Where situated.
Lever, traversing
Recuperator, bottomguide ...
Sight, rocking bar
Wheels, 2nd Class, “C” No.
45
Breccim, screwandcarrier ...
1
1
1
2
1
At jointed end of lever, near
plunger.
On case.
For oiling arm trunnion smipport-
in5siglmt.
Ininner flanges.
On top of carrier.
IVagon, Ammunition
Lovers, crankedbrakegear—
Near
Oil
I
1
Rear ofwagon.
Rear of wagon.
2. T HE NO. 7 DI AL S I GHT .
Time dial sight wimen issued is in correct adjustmncnt, water-
tight, and with all the cells and joints secured by screws.
It is very unlikely that time immt-crior will be required to be
cleaned and time dial siglmt must 0mm no account be taken to
ideces except by persons imm possessiome of acertificatefrom the
Artillery Collcgo stating timey are qualil’meml to do so
The body of the dial sigimt must be cleaned with a cleamm
soft cloth and a little oil, which immust be rubbed off after~
wards, care beimeg taken that the glass is not touched.
6 8
Time exterior of cyelcns aced windowsimould be cleammed
with a soft cloth or clmamuois leather, which must be kept
perfectly dry and clean and be used for this purpose only.
Dermatino ~r rubber eye-guards should not be unneces-
sarily exposed to extremes of temperatemre, to the sun’s rays,
or to brigimt light.
Oil and grease will inevitably destroy rubber or dermnatine,
and prolonged contact with benzol, petrol and chemicals is
undesirable. If, hoivever, oil or grease gets on theeye-guard,
itshould be immediately removed, cit-her
(i) By wiping with a clean rag soaked iii benzol or
petrol.
(ii) By wasiming in water to which alittle soap and soda
have beeimadded.
(iii) By wiping off with aclean dry rag..
The ~o. 7 dial siglmt should be remuoved from time bracket
before travelling any distance and when not in use must be -
kept in time case pm-ovided for the purpose
3. T HE BRE E CH ME CHANI S M.
(i) General precautions.
Time breecim mechanism should be dismantled periodically
in order timat it may be thoroughly cleaned.
69
The threads of time breech screwshou~dbe free from burrs.
These may be removed by careful filing by an artificer, but
no portion of the thread should be cut away to remove a
crack.
The breech should be kept covered up, when possible, to
preventdust andgrit getting into thebreechfittings. Acover
is providedfor this purpose.
(ii) To. dismantle the breech mechanism. -
With the breech open remove the keep-pin of the breech
mechanism lever hinge bolt, withdraw the hinge bolt, re-
mnove the breech mechanism lever guide block with firing
lever, and striker. Press in the catch retaining breech screw
and unscrew(clockwise) the breech screwfrom the carrier.
Remove the catch retaining breech screwwith spring. Re-
move the keep-pin of the carrier hinge bolt and withdraw
tho hinge bolt. Remove the carrier. Remove the keep-pin
of theextractor hinge bolt, and withdrawthe hinge bolt and
extractor. Remove the keep-pin and withdraw“Part I”
triggerfromthe left side of the breech, then “Part II” from
the rear.
(iii) T o assemble the breech mechanism.
The fittings are roplaced in the reverse order.
When inserting the breech screwin tho carrier, came nmust
be taken before commencing to screwin, to hold the breech
screwsquare against the face of the carrier with one of the
70
threaded portions of the screwuppermost, the stamping
on the screwto the rear. Two and aquarter turns of the
breech screware required, the retainng catchbeing pressed
in clear of the recess in the screwduring the operation.
When inserting the trigger, first correctly assemble the
spring with the projecting ends in the holesfor their reception
in the “Part I” trigger and bush, then insert thecollar
on the trigger with the recessed portion innermost, and
twist the bush on thetrigger until the projection on it engages
with the recess in the collar. Insert “Part I” trigger with
bush, collar, and spring into the leftside of the breech ring,
and engage with “Part II” trigger inserted from the rear.
Insertthe keep pin.
(iv) To dismantle the firing mechanism.
When removing the striker from, or inserting it into, the
guide block, the safety catch in the latter must always be
in thefiring position.
Press on the top of the guidefor main springso as to com-
press the spring lightly, at the same time tilt the upper end
of the guide from the striker, and withdrawthe guide and
main spring. Remove the firing pin and the pin securing
re-bound block and withdraw the hatter. Place the safety
catch in the firing position, force it out of its recess in the
guide block towards the centre of time block, and withdrawit.
(v) To assemble tho firing mechanism.
The firingmechanism is assembled in thereverse order.
71
(vi) T o test the protrusion of the striker.
Swing the breechscrewandcarrier into thmo loading position
and remove the striker. Tako out the main spring from the
striker and reassemble the latter. Replace the striker
(without main spring) in positiomm in the gun, press in time
catch retaining breechscrewand revolve the breech screwimm
the carrier until it is in time position in whmiehm it would be if the
breech were closed. Press time striker forward in the breech
screwas far as it will go. Apply the gauge, and if time pro-
trusion is not within thelimits, change the firing pin.
4. BE CUPE RAT OR AND BUFFE R.
General Precautions.
(i) Before fIring.
Careshould be taken to see that the recuporator and buffer
arecorreetlycharged, that there is no leakage at the stuffing
boxes, that the cylinder block is firmly nutted up to the lug
of the gun and the piston rods to the front cap, and
that theregulating gear is in adjustment.
It is necessary to strain the oil before charging the recu-
perator or buffer.
During severe weatimer, recuperators and buffers should be
protected as much as possible from time cold.
Any operations for the replacement of worn or defective
parts which necessitate emptying therecoil system should be
carried out only under qualifiedsupervision.
72
(ii) In action.
During action time fummct-ionimmg of time systeum slmommld be
carefully watched and steps taken at once to remmeedy defects.
The following are time more eommnon faults
For any given fault the causes and remedies arc set out in
the sequenco whichm should be followed to asdertain time
particular cause and remedy, so that the simplest and most
readily removed causes may be elimninat-çd before proceeding
to the more difficult.
Fault.
Causo. Remedy.
Recoil violent
~
‘... Air inbuffor cylinder . -.
I nsufficient liquid in
huller system.
Reduced air pressure in
- i-ecupcrator.
Operatesnifting valve.
Fill buffer and tank.
Test and recharge re-
cimperator.
Recoil excessive .. Wear of piston and valve
Buffer nearly empty ...
Adjust by cut-off gear.
Fill buffer and tank.
Recoil e-h~rt ... Damaged slides ...
Excessive air pressure ...
Wrongly setcut-off gear
Excess of liquid in cv-
cmiporator.
l’ackiimgs too tiglmt ..
Examine and repair.
Test and expel surplus.
Test and adjust gear.
Tost and recharge re-
euperator.
Repack.
Run outslow
-
.
... V alve adjusting rein out
incorrect.
Burrs or grit on slides ...
Reduced air pressure ..
Pacldngs too tight ...
Open valve.
Remove obstruction.
Test and adjust pressure.
Repack.
73
(ii) In action—continued.
Fault. Cause. Remedy.
Run out violent . .- Valve adjusting run out
Incorrect.
Close valve further.
Excessive air pressure ...
Itetarding valve fast in
open position.
Test and cxpcl surplus.
If this is suspected and a
few rounds fails to
move It, then strip
recuporator and re-
place valve.
Failure to run out .. Too much liquid in
buffer.
Airin buffer
Valve adjusting run out
closed.
Burrs or griton slides ..
Reduced air pressure in
recuperator.
Paclthcgs too tigimt ...
Operate snifting valve.
-
Operate snifting valve.
Open valve.
Remove obstruction.
Test and adjust pressure.
Repack.
N0T E .—Roduccd air pressure may be duo to air alone, or may ho caused
by leakago of lIquid from recuperator; the precise cause should be ascer-
tained.
(iii) When guns are resting inaction. -
Cool the bore. Depress the gun and allowair to escape
fromthebuffer by means of thesnifting‘valve. Replenish the
buffer. Tighten packings if necessary. Test air pressures
after thegun hascooled and replenishrecuperator if necessary.
5. T HE RE CUPE RAT OR.
(i) To charge the recuperator with liquid.
Lasim thegun to thecradle in time run out po~Uionanddepress
a few degrees. Remove plugs K and L and open valve M.
Pump or pour in at K EXACTLY 8 PINTS OF LIQUID.
Close valve M and replace plug K. Elevate and depress
time cradle a fewdegrees several times, then set it horizontal
by a ehinometer both lommgitudinally and transversely. THE
GUN MUST BE IN THE FULLY RUN OUTPOSITION.
Opeem valve Id and remove plug K. Leave time cradle in this
position until oil ceases to overflow at L. Close valve Id
and replace the plugs. THE GREATEST CARE MUST
BE TAKEN TO SEE THATTHE RECIJPERATOR CON-
TAINS THE CORRECTAMOUNTOF LIQUID.
(ii) To charge the recuperator with air.
Before charging with air it is important to see that the
securing collar is on therecuperator ram, in order to prevent
time ramfrom being forcedomit to therear when under pressure,
and that the correct quammtity of liquid is in therecupcrat.or.
Then proceed as follows: Attach theair pump to the bracket
on the trail, depress the cradle afewdegrees, remove plug L
and attach the adapter and pressure gauge; conmmect the
pump pipe to the adapter, open by-pass valve Id and pump
emntil the gauge registers 710 ibs. a sq. in. Close valve Id,
disconnect the pipe front the adapter, and place the cap on
tho adapter. Let the pressure down to 700 lbs. a sq. in.
by opening valve .M and slackening the cap on the adaptor.
75
Close ‘valve Id, remove the adapter with pressure gauge, and
replaceplug L. The lashing may nowbe removed.
When chargingby air bottle, caremust be taken to open tho
cock gradually to avoid damage to the gauge.
(iii) To test the air pressure.
Remove plug L and screwin the adapter, blanking the
outer end with the cap. Screwthe gauge into the adapter.
Open valvo Id, and the gauge should register 700 lbs. a
sq. in. If correct, close valve N, remove time adapter and
gauge and replace plug L. If time pressure is not correct,
proceed as in (v). -
(iv) To ascertain the amount of liquid in the recu-
perator system.
Remove plug L. Set the elevationindicator to zero. Set
thegun horizontal, longitudinally andtransversely, by means
of the fieldelinometer. Open valve M slowly; if oil spray
issues from L, the liquid leveh is correct. If air only issues,
close valve Id. Elevate the gun successively to angles of
45 mm., I deg, 20 mm., I deg. 40 mm., and 2 deg. 30 mite.
by means of the right elevating lmandwlmeel and elevation
indicator. Note the angle of elevation at which oil spray
issues on valve Id being opened. Time amount of liquid lost
is derived from the following table
Elevation at which
Liquid Lost, oil spray issues.
1 pint. 45 mm.
2 pints. - I deg. 20 zulu.
3 pints. I deg. 40 mire.
4 pints. 2 dog. 30 min.
Note.— Thegun should not be worked with agreaterloss of
liquid than ~pints.
(v) To replenish air pressure lost by leakage.
Proceed asfor charging the recuperat-or with air, but before
opening valve Id to admit air to the reservoir, pump pressure
in pipe to 700 lbs. asq. in.
6. THE BUFFE R.
(I) T o fill the buffer.
Elevate the gun to 10 degrees. Remove plugs N. and 0.
Pour in oil at 0 until it overflows at N. Replace plug N
and continue filling till oil overflows at 0. Replace plug 0.
About 5 pints of oil are required to charge the buffer.
(ii) Regulating gear.
This gear is to be used to shorten thelength of recoil when
the latter becomes excessive through wear in the piston or
recoil valve.
When the scale is set at 2 arecoil of 43 inches should be
expected. This setting is recommended with an equipment
whichis in good order. Ifit becomes necessary to reducethe
length of recoil, the lever should be moved in the directiome
of the arrow. Eachgraduation on thescale eorrespoimds to a
difference of oneinch in recoil.
(iii) Glands.
Glands should be tightened when meeeessary. It is better
to do this when time cradleis warm, as thepackings then seat
better. They should not be over-tightened, as this may distort
thepackings and also causeseizure.
To tighten up the glands.—Pull the spring catch to thefront,
thus disengaging it from the slot in the gland, and tighten
up the latter by means of a tommy inserted through the
opening in the cap.
‘71 -
If aleakageoccurs at theglands andtighteningup does not
prevent it, asupplememmtary packing ring should be used; or
if a supplementary packing is already in use, tho defectivo
packing should be renewed.
7. THE AI R PUMP.
Before starting work, an external examination should be
made to see that thepump is clean andserviceable.
When assemblingcare must be taken to see that all parts
are clean and weil lubricated. Working parts will require
further lubrication during pumping.
To obtain the best results it is essential to employ a full
strokein working thepump, i.e., from stop to stop.
When charging a system it is best to continue without a
stop until the desired pressure is reached, changing time men
if fatigued. If astop is unavoidable, note the pressure and
close valve Id. Before continuing, pump the pressure in the
pipe up to the pressurenoted before, opening valve Id.
If thereis any failing off in the working pressure, examine
the valves. If gritty, the valves and springs should be
removed and cleaned. If necessary, valves should be lightly
ground in and coat-ed with thin oil. If timis does not improve
the olliciency of the pump, the piston should be removed and
the rings examined and tried in the cylinders. If the spring
of these rings has been destroyed, they must be changed.
The pump must be replaced in its box immediately after
use.
The pump should be worked afewstrokes daily to ensure
thatthepackings arckept under presstmre.
‘78
APPENDIX.
CARRIAGE OF STORES.
I .—S tores Carried on Carriage :—
- Articles. No. Where carried.
Axe, pick
Brush, breech screw
Can, lubricating, No. C
Carrier, No. 7 dial sight, No. 2 -
Cases, keys, setting fuze
Cases, field clinometer, No. 1
Caso,, No. 7 dial sight and carrier,
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Cases, sght clinometer
Cases, spare parts
Cases, spare sightclimiometer
Cases, tools
Cleaner, pinsaba, No. 18
Cleaner, wool, No. 1
Clinoneetcr, field
Clinometer, sight ... (spare)
Clinometer. sight
Covers, breech -
Covers, muzzle, No. 1
Covers, eccentric brake gear
Drift, No. 12
Gauge, striker protrusion, No. 1
hammer, claw, 24-or..
Implements, ammunition—
Keys, No. 18 (sm’tting-fuze)
Indicator, fuze, Q.F. 18-pr
Key, removing jammed cartridge.
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Under trail.
Ime tool case, front of simicki.
In wood block, front of
On shield, in case. [shield,
On simiold.
On off tensile stay.
On shield.
In tubular trail.
On rear of shield.
In case, on oil tensile stay.
In case, on shield.
1 On gun wimen not in use
strapped to rear of shield,
On eccentricof brake gear.
In leather case, on shield.
In tool case, front of shield.
In tool case,
On shield,
I ntool came, “A” sub-section.
1
1
1•1
11
I
It
1~
1
1
1
1*
1
I
I
1
1
2
1
II
Etch battery. t Components of carriage. ~ Each section.
.79
Lanyard, firing, No. 15
Oil, Rangoon pimmt
Ordnance—
Catch, retaining breech screw
Pin, axis, catch, 13.M. lever
Pins, firing
Springs, main ... -
Springs, safety catoh
Springs. trigger
Springs, tripping-piece
Strikers
Pliers, flatnosa pair
Posts, aiming
Ropes, drag, heavy 30.ft. ... pair
Screwdriver, G.S., 4-in
Shovels, G.S
Sight, dial, No. 7
Spateners, adlmestable. 15-in.
Spanners, adjustable, 11-in.
Spanner, No. 244
Spannor, hydraulic buffer, No. 123...
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. l6 il...
Spanner, bydraulio beefier, No. 110...
Spanner, hydraulic bufler, No. 171...
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. 174...
Spanner, hydraulic butler, No. 172...
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. 173...
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. 170...
Tommy, No. 37
Tommy, No. 40
In tool case, frontof shield.
In toot ease (or cases) on
J azletree.
In case (or cases) on ailetree.
Stores carried on carriage— coat.
Articles.
No.
‘Wlmere carried.
In tool ease, front of shield.
In lubricating can.
In leather case, on shield.
In tool case, frontof shield.
} On rear of shield,
In loather case, on shield.
Near tensile stay.
On shield in case
11
‘I
2
I
1
I
1
t 8 ouch battery. ~Eachsection, ~ 1 every 3
5
uns.
80
2.—S tores carried on limbers :—
Articles.
I.;
l~
~
r
g
5
~
Where carried.
Axe, felling curved halve
Axes, pick
Bar, supporting draught pole,
No.3 (spare)
Blankets, O.S. ...
Boxes, grease, 3.lb.
Boxes, dustcap and drag washer
Breastpieco
Brush, water, carriage
Buckets, water, G.S., canvas
Cans, lubricating, No. 3 (for
Rangoon oil)
Cane, lubricating, No. 3 (for
mineral oil)
Caps, dust, 2nd class “C” capped
wheels, No. 1 (spare)
Carrier, ammunition, Q.F. 13 and
18-pr.
Cartridges, Q.F. 18-pr
Clips, cartridge, Q.F. 18-pr.
Cloths, sponge
Collars, adjusting, 2nd class “C”
capped wheels (spare)
Covers, breech
Crowbars, 4-ft. 1-in
On platform board,
Under limber.
On platform board.
On top of limber box.
Under platform b o at d,
near side.
On footboard, near side.
On platform board.
Under platform b o a r
near side.
In wire net receptacles.
Under platform board,
J off side.
In box on footboard, near
side.
Under blankets,
In ammunition box.
On cartridges.
Under tray, small sthre~.
Tray, small storeø, lower.
On rifles, front of amnmuni-
tion box
On platform board.
1
1
2
1
it
1
12
It
24
24
5
2
it
2
1~
2
0
1
38
38
5
2
Each sub-section.
t Each section. j Each Battery.
81
Stores carried on limbers— coat,
1
it
Files, smooth, flat, (I-in
Files,smooth, hand, safe-cdge,8-irm
Files, 2nd cut, half.round, 0-in....
Grease, Inbeicating .. lbs.
itandle, air pump
handle, file, small
hooks, bill
Implements, ammunition—
holder, cartridge
Keys, No. 17 (fixing fuse)
Implements, ammunition— --
Keys, No. 27 (primer)
Keys, No. 18 (setting fuze)
Keys, split, flat, 1-in. x4-ins.
(spare)
Keys, spring lock
Line, Ifambro’
Oil, mineral (for buffers) pints
Oil, Rangoon pints
Pins, capequare ... (spare)
Pins, keep, split,
1
’
5
.in. X 11-in....
Pins,keep,sp1it,~,.in. x 4-in....
Pins, keep, split, ,‘
5
.in. x11-in.
(spare)
Pins, keep, split, 1-in. x 1-in.
Pins, keop, split,1-in. x2k-ins....
Pins, keep, split, 1-in. x 11-in.
(spare)
Pins, keep, split, ?
5
-in. x 1-in,
3
1
ii
1
11
2
1
1
‘5
11
} Tray, small stores, lower.
In grease box.
On platform board.
Tray, small stores, lower.
Under platform board, ofT
side.
Under tray, small stores,
Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray. small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, lower.
On outside of lid in pocket.
On platform board.
} In cans, lubricating.
Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, upper
(in box, spare springs,&c.
1
2
1
I
‘I
11
1
1
3
2
1
9
1
t Each sectIon. § I every 3 gun..
II Each battery,
82
S tores carried on Bin1~ers—cont.
Pins, keep, split, 1-in. x5 -ins .
Pins,linch, 2nd class “C “ capped
wheels (spare)
Pin, locking, slmield paw1 (spare)
Pin, draught, No. 3 (spare)
Plate, locking nut, pipe box, 2nd
class ~ wheels (spare)
Primp, air, two stage, horizontal,
No.2
Primers, percussion, Q.F. car-
tridgcm, No. I (in tin box)
(spare)
Ropes, drag, light 0.5. ... pair
Screwdriver, U.S. • 4-in
Screws, lubricating hole, boss.
head ~.in. x 1-in. (spare)
Shovels, 0.5
Spades
Springs, shield pawl, Q.F. 13 and
18-pr. (spare)
Springs, sight olinonmeter (spiral)
Q.F. 18-pr. (spare)
Springs,plunger, traversinglever,
Q.F. 18-pr. (spare)
}Tray, small stcres, lower,
Tray, small stores, upper.
In box, strapped on top, at
rear of limber box.
Tray, small stores.
On platform board.
Tray, small stores.
Tray, small stores, upper (in
rectangular box). -
On platform board.
On off side of limber box.
Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, upper (in
rectangular tin box).
Tray, small stores, upper.
Articles. •i~
.~
S
0
g~
~s
Where carried,
Tray, small stores, lower.
Tray, small stores, lower.
‘I
TI)
I
1)
hi
‘ 5
1
I
I)i
I
itt
4
1
2
2f
t One each side of limber box,
U Each battery.
§ Each section.
ft 1 every 3 guns.
- 83
Stores carried on limbers— coat.
Articles. - “~
~,
S
~
Wherecarried.
Straps, supporting, front (spare)
Straps, supporting, rear (spare)
Straps, trace ... (sparc)
Springs, catch, limber and perch
hooks (spare)
Springs, disc, No. 6 2 (spare)
Springs, firing gear (spare)
Swingletrees, Nos. IOA or 11
(spare)
Traces, saddlery pairs
Tugs trace (spare)
Was1~ers,drag, 2nd class ‘~C
cappedwheels ... (spare)
Wrench, adjusting, No. 7 dial
sight and carrier
2
1
2
I~
1~
~
1
1
2
P
1*
2
1
2
—
—
—
1
1
2
—
~
1
~On platform board
J
Tray small stores upper.
‘
} Tray, small stores, lower.
On platform board.
On platform board.
box on footboard, near
side.
Tray, small stores, upper.
* Each section. ~ When limbers are fitted with newpattern hooks,
~ 4 each battery.
84 -
3. S tores carried on wagons :—
Articles. No. Where carried.
Bar, testing, rocking-bar sight, Q.F.
13 and 18-pr
Blankets, U.S.
Box, bar, testing, rocking-bar sight,
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Box, lamp, siege, to hold 2
Boxes, grease, 3-lb
Buslr, testing, sighting, 3’I.in. (c) ...
Cartridge, Q.F. 18-pr.
Cases, saw, hand
1(a)
2
1(a)
1
2
l~
38
2
In box, on platform board.
On top of ammunition box.
On platform board.
Ore footboard.
Under platform board.
In tray, small stores.
In ammunition box.
Lid of ammunition box.
Catch, limer hook, No. 2 (spare)
Clips, cartridge, No. 4
Grease, lubricating lbs.
Itarmdspike, common, 6 -ft
Implements, ammunition—
Keys, No. 18 (setting fuzo) ...
Indicator, lure, QJ3’. 18-pr
Kettles, camp, oval, 12.qts. ...
Lamps, siege
~ ~ ~j~;~
i*j
38
6
I
2
1(b)
—
2
~
In tray, small stores.
On cartridges.
In boxes.
Under perch.
In tray, smallstores.
On top of ammunition box
of firing battery wagons.
Under wagon, as required.
In box.
} Under wagons, as required.
* Eaclr section. § Wire-n limbers are fitted with newpattern hooks.
t For each ammunition wagon carrying a spare No. 18 pole.
~ Eacim battery, carried in A. sub-section.
Ia) Each battery, carricd in F. serb-section.
(b) Each sub-section.
(c) When existing bushes be~omo unserviceable they will be con.
side-red obsolete.
85
S tores carried on wagons—coat.
Articles.
No.
Where carried.
Line, white, 1-lb. skeins
Nut, actuatingscrew, carriage, Q.F.
13 and 18-pr. .. (space)
1
1*
Ueeder tray, small stores.
In tray, small stores.
Ordnance, Q.F.—
Bush, firing hole ... (spare)
Pole, draught, No. 18 (spare)
Rope, picketing, 6 6 -ft
Saws, hand, 26 -in
1f
1
1
2
In tray, small stores.
Under perch.
On platform board.
In eases, saw, hand.
Spanner, No. 93 1(1) In case, side of ammunition
box,
Spanner, No. 26 7
Spindle, catch, limber hooks, No. 2
(spare)
Spring, catch,Iimber armd perch hook
(spare)
Spring, spiral (clocktype),rango gear,
Q.P. 13 and 18-pr.... (spare)
Valise, horse-shoe - ...
1(o)
19
11
1*
1ff
In box, on platform board.
In tray, small stores.
In tray, small stores.
In tray, small stores.
Front of ammunition box.
Valises, tools, shoeing, wheelers or
saddlers —ff Front of ammunition box.
~‘ Eaelmsection, ~ Each battery carried in A sub-section.
When limbers are fitted with newpattern hooks.
(a) Each battery, carried in P sub-section. (b) Eaclm sub-section.
~ Vali~os—
horseshoe— i on each ammunition wagon A to Fsub-sections.
Ifiaddlers No. 1.— I on one of thowagons A, C and E serb-
sections.
T l
5
J Shocing.— 1 on ono of the wagons A, C’, D and Psub.
00 ~ sections.
Fitters or Wheelers No. 1— i on one of time wagons B, 1)
(~armd. Fsub.scctious.
86
SUPPLEMENT FOR GUNS ON MARK I
- CARRIAGE.
CHAPT E R I.
No. i.
TO ASCERTAIN if the buffer is properly FILLED, the
gun is unlimbered and elevated a few degrees. The filling.
hole plug on the tank and the air-valve is removed. Oil
should be seen in the tank, which, however, should never be
quite full.
If atank is not fitted, the gun is unlimbered and brought
horizontal. The filling-hole plug is relnoved, and the control
plunger should be seen to be just covered with oil.
CHAPTER II,
Section 18. The following example will be taken as a
guide. -
Exacnplo ~— -
Anglo on siglet clinometer (say) ... ... + 10 54’
Correction for droop and jump (say) ... + 10’
Anglo to report to section commander ... 2° 4’
CHAPTER IV. -
Test 3. Jump will be taken as — .7 minutes unleds it has
been determined for the particular equipment.
87
CHAPT E R V .
1. “List of lubricators “—delete “recuperator, bottom
guido.” -
BE CUPE RAT OR AND BUFFE R.
General precautions.
(i) Before firing.
Care should be taken to see that the buffer is correctly
charged, that there is no leakage at the gland, that the
cylinder is firmly nutted up to tho lug of the gun, and the
piston rod to thefrontcap.
(ii) In action. -
During act-ion the functioning of the system should be earo•
fully watcleed and steps taken at once to remedy defects.
Time following are the more comnnon faults
For any given fault time causes and remedies are set out in
the sequence which should be followed to ascertain tho
particular cause and remedy, so that the simplest and most
readily removed causes may be eliminated before proceeding
to the more difficult.
Fault. Cause. Remedy.
Recoil violent ...
Recoil exceseivo ...
Recoil short ...
Air ire butler cylinder ...
Insufficient liquid ire
butler system.
Woak or broken springs
Wear of piston
Buffer nearly ompty ...
Damaged slides ...
Paokings too tight ...
Open air valve.
Fill buffer and tank.
Replace.
Replace.
Fill buffer and tank.
Examine and repair.
Repack.
88
I n action—continued.
Fault. Cause. Borne-dy.
Burr out slow ... lInt air or gas ire jennifer
cylireder.
-
Berrrs or gm-it on slides ..
Weak or broke-cr springs
I’ackimrgs too tight -- -
Valve ire tank out of
order.
Elevate gun ernd unscrew
air valve.
If witleout tsnek, depress
tire genie acne! mnreserew
tire control plunege’r a
few terries.
Re-remove obstruction.
Replace.
Repack.
Rectify.
Run out violent ... Insufficient liquid in
buffer cylinder
Fill buffer and tank.
Failerre to run out .. Burrs err grit or, slides ...
\Veakor brokers springs
I’aclnings too tiglrt - --
lIe-move obstructions.
Replace.
llejesck.
(iii) When guns are resting in action.
Cool theboro. Allowair to escape fromthebufferby means
of the air valve, gun elevated, If without tank, depress the
gun andunscrewthecontrol plunger afewturns. Replenish
the buffer. Tighten paekings if necessary.
80
(MARK I CARRI AGE .)
APPENDIX.
CARRI AGE OF S T ORE S .
1. Stores carrion on carriage:—
Axe, pick
Brush, brc~chscrew
Can, lubricating, No. 9
Carrier, No. 7 dial sight, No. 2
Case, keys, setting Iuzc
Case, fieldclinometer, No. 1
Case, No. 7 dial sight and No. -2
carrier, Q.P. 13 arid 18-pr.
Case, siglmtelinorneter
Case, spare parts
Case, spare sight clinometer
Case, tools
Cleaner, piasaba, No. 18
Cleaner, wool, No. 1
Clinometer, freld
Clinometer,siglrt ... (spare)
Chinometer, sight
Cover, breech
Cover, murele, No. 1
Car-or, eccentric, brake- gear
Drift, No. 12
Funnel, filling, cylinder, No. 1
Gauge, striker protrusion, No. 1
llanmrreer, claw, 24-oz.
Implements, ammunition—
Keys, No. 18 (setting fuze)
Under trail,
In tool case, frontof shield.
In wood block,fronntofslrield.
On shield, in case,
On shield.
On shield.
On slrield.
On shield.
On able-Id.
On oil tensile stay.
On mezietree.
In tubular trail.
In tubular trail.
On front of shield.
In case, on oIl tensilo stay.
In case, on shield.
~ On gun when not in Use,
J strapped to rc-arofslrield.
On eccentric of brake ge-ar.
In leather case, on sine-Id.
In tool case, front of sIne-Id.
In leatleer case-, on sIne-Id. -
In tool case, front of shield.
In tool case.
Articles. No. \‘elhere carried.
1
1.
I
I
11-
1~
1
if
1
II
1
I
1
1~
1
I
I
1
1
• Eaclr section. t -Comporrerets of carriage. § Eaclr battery,
00 -
Stores carried on carriage—cont.
Indicator, fuze, Q.F., 18-pr....
Key, removing jammed cartridges,
Q.F. 13 and 18-pr.
Lanyard, firing; No. 15
Oil, Rangoon pints
Ordnance—
Catch, retaining, breech screw
(spare)
Pin, axis, catch, B.M. lever(spare)
Pins, firing - (spare)
Springs, main .. (spare)
Springs, safety catch (spare)
Springs, trigger ... (spare)
Springs, tripping piece (spare)
Striker (spare)
Pliers, lint nose pair
Posts, aiming
Ropes, drag, heavy, 30-ft. pair
Screwdriver, 0.5., 4-in
Shovels, 0.5
Sight, dial, No. 7
Spanner, adjustable, 15-in
Spanner, adjustable, Il-in
Spanner, No. 244 -
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. 122...
Spanner, hydraulicbuffer, No. 123..,
Spanner, hydraulic buffer, No. 129...
Spanners, 1t.B. No. 102 with tommy,
No. 37 (a)
Spanncrs,l1.B., No. 16 3 (a)
Spanners, lI.B.,No. 16 5, MarkIl(a)
On shield.
Intool case, “A” sub-section.
In tool case, front of shield.
In lubricating can.
In loather case, on shield.
In leather case, on shield.--
In leather case, on shield.~
In leather case, on shield.
In leather case, on shield.
In leather case, on shield.
In leather case, on shield.
In loather case, on shield.
In tool case, front of shield.
On rear of shield.
On roar of simield.
Inloather case, on shield.
Tensile stay.
On shield, in case.
In toolcase, front of sIne-Id.
In toolcase, front of side-Id.
Intool case-, fcont of shield.
In toolcase, front of sIde-Id.
In toolcase, frontof shield.
In tool case, frontof shield
In tool case, front of shield.
In tool case-, front of shield.
In tool case, fronet of shield.
Articles.
No.
Where carried.
I
1
I
11
1~
2
1~
1~
2~
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
l~
* Each section. ~ 1 every 3 guns.
(a) Carriage-s fitted with tank for hydraulic buffer. § Each Battery.
~ 8 each Battery.
01
2. Stores carried on limbers
Articles. 0 WIrer-a carried.
Axes, felling, curved helve , .. 1 — On platform board.
Axes, pick 1 2 Under centre tutchel limber.
Bar, supporting draught pole, 1 1’ On platform board.
No. 3 (spare)
Blankets, 0.5 2 2 On top of limber box.
Box, grease. 3.lb I I Under platform board, .
near side.
Box, dust cap, anddrag washer I — Ontopof limber box, atrear.
Breast piece 1 1 On platform beard.
Brushes, water, carriage 1 1 Under platform board,
near side.
Buckets, water, 0.5., canvas ... 12 8 In wire net receptacle-s.
Cans,lubricatirrg, No.3, for Ban- 1 1 ‘~
goon oil ~Under platform board, off
Cans, lubricating, No. 3, for 1 1 1 side.
- mineral oil J
Cap, dust, 2nd class, “C.”capped I — tie box, strapped on top, at
wheels, No.1 (spare) rear, of limber box.
Carrier, ammunition, Q.F. 13 and I I Under blankets.
18.pr.
Cartridges, Q.F. IS-pr 24 38 In ammunition box,
Case, No. 3, lubricating can ... 2 2 Under platform board, off
side.
Clips, cartridge, No. 4. ... 24 38 Oncartridges.
Cloths, sponge 5 5 Under tray, small stores. -
Collars, adjusting, 2nd class,” C,” 1)) — Tray, small stores, lower.
cappedwheels (spare) -
Covers, breech 2 2 On rides, front of ainmuni-
tion box.
Crowbars, 4.ft. I.In 1~— On platform board.
Files, smooth, fiat. 6 .in 1 — Tray, small stores, lower-.
Each srrb-seetion. § Erie-In ~ectlon. Enmcln battery.
02
S tore9 carried on Unibers— cont,
Articles. ~
r5 ~
Where
Files, smooth, Irand, safe-edge, I — T ray, usmalt *totes, lower-.
8.in.
Files second cub, halfround, C-in. 1 — Tray, small stores, lower.
0re~ao,lulfricating ... lbs. 3 3 In grease box.
Handhe, file, !mall , 1 — Tray, small stores, lower.
Hooks, bill 1 1 Under- platform board, oil
side.
Innplenient~,amniemnition—
Holder, cartridge — 1~Under tray, small stores.
- Keys, No. 17 (~aingfete) ... 1’~ I T ray, small stores.
Keys, No.27 (primer) — . l~T ray, small stores.
Keys. No. 18 (settinglute) ., . 2t 2 T ray, small stores.
Key, split, flat, 1” * 4” (spare) I — T ray, small stores, lower.
Line, Hambro 1 1 On platform board.
Oil, mineral (for buffers) pts. 2 2 I ncans, lubricating.
Oil,Iiacgoon ..~ ., . pta. 11 11 Ii~cans,lubricating.
Pins, capeeluaro (spare) I jI — Tray, small stores, lower.
Pins, keep, split—
~ * 1~ln I
, ~
5
in.xllin 1
~ in. x 1~in (spare) 3 T ray, small stores, upper
~ in. * 1 in 2 (in “boz, spare springs,
~ in. x 2~ins 1
~ in, x J~in (spare) 9
1
’
5
rn. xl in I
~ in. x 5 ins 1 T ray, small stores, lower.
1’ins, line-he, 2nd olass “C “ If T ray, small stores, lower.
capped wheels (spare)
Pins, locking shield pasel (spare) if — T ray, email stores, I nner.
l’ins, elreeuglrt, No. 3 ...(Apere) 1 — T ray, small ustocea, lower.
f Lower’tray. 1 every 3 guns. Fade battery.
§ Each aactlon.
03
Stores carried on lilnbex’s— ilont.
Plate, looking nut, pipe box, 2nd
cl~ss“C” u-heels (spare)
Pluge,filhing hots, hydraulicbuffer,
No 12 (sparc)
Primers, psrcnssion, Q.F., cart-
ridges. No.1 (intinbox) (spare)
Rings, compressed packing, hy-
draulic buffer (spars)
Ropes, drag, light, 0.8. ... pairs
S arew-driver, 03., 4-in
S orewa, lubricating hole, boss-
head, 5— ins, ~< ~in. (spare)
S hovels, 0.8
Spade
Spring, catch, limber and perch
hooks (spare)
Springs, disc, No. 6 2 ...(spare)
Springs, firing gear ...(spare)
Springs, shield pawl ..(spare)
S prings, sight chinometsr (spiral)
(apace)
S prings, plunger, traversinglever
(spare)
S traps, supporting, front (~pare~
S traps, supporting, rear ...(epare)
S traps, trace (spare)
T ray, small stores, upper,
T ray, small stores, inner.
Tray, small stores.
Tray, small stores, upper,
each icr round tin box,
On platform board.
T ray, small stores.
T ray, small stores, upper (in
rectangularbox).
On platformboard,
On off sides of limber box,
T ray, small stores, upper.
T ray, small stores, lower.
T ray, small stores, lower.
T ray, small stores, lower.
T ray, small stores, upper (in
rectangular box)
Tray, small stores, upper.
) Onplatform board.
On platformboard.
-
Articles. J
l,i
Ia
lee
.~
I~
,I
,ei
ul
~ J
al
~I
Where carried.
4
1
2
2ff
2
1
2
I §~
2
2
I
I
i~1
1~’
1~’
II
1
2
I
2
§ Each section. 1 Farm battery.
(f 1 on cach siule of body. 4 eaelr battery.
~-fWhen llmIe,crs are fitted witir mewpattern books.
§ ~1 eve-ry 3 guns.
- 04
S tores carried on llmbers—.cont.
Articles.
~e
.8
~
71
a ~T herecarried.
us
Q
Stud, retaining stufllng box, by-
drsulie- buffer (spare)
S wingletree, Nos. ba or 11
1
1
—
1
Tray, small stores, upper (in
rectangular tin box)
Onplatf or-rn board.
(spare)
T ool, , packing gland, QF. 18.pr.
collar
Plug
Tools, withdrawingring support-
ingpacking, Q.F. 13and 18-pr.
Traces, saddlery pairs
Tings, trace (spare)
Washers, drag, 2nd Class “C”
cappedwheels (spare)
Waahem,packing,hydranlicbntler
sets (spare)
Wrench. adjusting, No. 7, dial
sightsand carrier
I ~
l~
1*
1
2
I
2
i~
—
—
—
1
2
—
—
—
T ray, small stores, upper (I n
round tin box).
T ray, small stores, lower.
T ray, small stores, upper.
Onplatform board.
Onplatform board.
In box strapped on top at
rear of limber box.
T ray, sm..hl stores, upper (in
roundtin box).
T ray, small stores, upper.
‘
§ Each section. * Eeeclr sub-section.
05
3. Storee carried on wagone
Articles. No.
Where carried,
Apparatus adjusting. running.out I tt On platformboard,
springs, Q.F., 18-pr.
Bars, testingrocking.barsight, Q.F. 1(a) I n box, on platform board.
13 and iS.vr.
Blankets, G.b. 2 Ontop of ammunition box.
Box, bar testingrocking-bar alght, 1(a) On platform board.
Q.F. 13 and18-pr.
Box, lamp, siege, to hold2 1ff On footboard.
Boxes, grease, 3-lb 2 Under platform board.
Bush, testingsighting, 3-3-in. ... 1~”’ In tray, small stores, A sub.
section.
Cartridges, Q.F. 18-pr 38 In ammunition box.
Cases, saw, hand 2 Lidof ammunitionbox,
Catches,limber hook, No. 2...(spare) 1f Ire tray, small stores.
Clips, cartridge. Q.F. 18-pr 38 On cartridges.
Covers, apparatus, adjusting, run- I tt On platform board.
fling-out springs
Grease, lubricating 0 In boxes.
Handapike, common, 6 feet ... 1 Under perch.
Implements, ammunition—
Keys, No. 18 (setting fuze) ... 2 I n tray, small store-s.
I ndicator, fuze, Q.F. 18-pr 1~Ontopofanmunitionboxef
firing battery wagons.
Kettles, camp, oval, 12-quarts ... — Under wagon, as reqaired.
Lampa,siege 2(d) In box. -
~ 1 each battery. When existing brrslres become unserviceable they
will be considered obsolete.
Eaehr section. tt Eaclr battery, carried in A sub-section.
Each serb-section. (a) Eacir battery, carried in F serb-section.
§ ~Vhenlimbers are fittedwith new pattern hooks
4 each battery. (d ) 8 each battery.
00
S torea carried on wagons—cont.
Articles. No. Wherecarried.
Lashing, tarred, I-in. X 20-feet ...
Lashing, tarred, I-in. x10-feet ...
Line, white, 1 lb. skeins
Nut, actuating screw, carriage, Q.F.
13 and 18-pr. (spare)
Ordnance--
Bush, firing hole (spare)
Pole, draught, No. 18 ...(sparc)
Rope, picketing, 6 0-feet
Saws, hand, 20-in
Spanner, No. 93
Spanner, No. 26 7
Spindle, catch, limber- hook, No. 2
(spare)
Spring, cateir,limber and per-drhook
(spare)
Spring, spiral (clock type), range
gear, Q.F. 13 and 18-pr. (apace)
Valise, lrorseslroe
Valises, tools (shoeing, wheelers, or
saddler-a)
it
3t
1
1~
1(b)
2~
1
2
l~
1(a)
1*f
if
I~
1
—
Undor- wagon, as required.
Under wagon, asrequired.
Undertray, small stores.
I n tray, small stores.
Ire tray, small store-s.
Under perch.
On platform board.
In cases, saw, lnand.
I n case, side of ammunition
box,
In box, on platform board.
In tray, small stores.
I n tray, small stores.
In tray, small store-s.
Front of ammunition box.
Front of ammunition box.
* Earle section.
t For each ammunition wagon carrying a spare No. 18 pole.
~ Each sub-section. -
When limbers are fitted with crew pattern hooks.
(a) ]‘~aelrbattery, carried inn Fsub-section.
(II) Each battery.
Printed under the Autherlty of Ins Majesty’s StatIonnsr~Omca
By llAliiusoN ~SoNs, Lr-ø., It—U, S t. Martin’sLene, W.G.2.
(Jr 27/ltu)q \Vt, 1Jld~S— 4991JiO24 1231 2/23 II & 8, Ltd. Op 27.
MILITARY BOOX$, pssbUsleed by Aufeberity-.-.eontlnued.
~. (As to prices in brackete, see top of pare 1.)
Family Allowance, -
&s enjs~1’&~rca Sotniens Ai~nSam’isavios ALLoWaNCE,
Field Allowance to theCommander of an Army and to theCommander of
an Army Corps or Group of Divisions; Promotion of Lieutenants
of tine Army Veterinary Corps, Special lte~erve,and Territorial Force;
Bounty to Soldiers. Special Army Order, June 23, 1916 , Id. (ad.)
Field Almanac. 1918. Id. (2d.)
Field Service Manuals
Ammunition Column, Divisional. NewArmies. 1915. 3d. (3d.)
Artillery. Heavy. (ilL, SO-pr.) Battery and AmmunItion Column.
l3lxpedlilonary Force. 1918. 3d. (3d,)
Artillery, Horse, Brigade, 13-pr. 11.1’, 1908. 3d. (3d.)
Cavalry Regiment. ExpeditIonary Force. 1913. 3d. (3dj
Engineers. Bridging Train, Iixpeehltlonary Force. 1915, 3d. (3d,)
Do, - Field Company, ExpeditIonary Force. 1915. 3d. (3d,)
Do. Field S quadron. Expeditionary Force. 1914. 3d. (3d.)
Do, Works Company, ExpedItionary Force. 1910. 3d. (3d,)
Headquarters Units. lk~pedItlonaryForce. 1911. 3d . (3d .)
Infantry Battalion. Expeditionary Force. 1914. 3d. (3d.)
I nfantry(Mounted) Battalion, ]ixpedliiouary Force. 1913. 3d. (3d.)
Medical Service. Army. Ilxpedltlonary Force. 1914. 3d. (3d.)
Signal Service, Biguai Comimny (Cable), lhxpeeiltlonary For-ce.
Do. Signel Company (Divisional). 1lxpedltlonrsr~
- Force. 3915. 3d. (34.)
Field Service Pocket Book. 1914. (ReprInted, wIth Amendments,
1916 ). Is. (lid,); Addendum No. 1, Shortened Form of ServIce for this
]Jenrlal of the Dead. 3d. (Id.)
FieldS ervice Regulations -
Part II. Organization and Adminnlstratlon. 1920. 1.. (lOd.)
Do. - Amendment, April1915. id. (14.)
lIe. ~.Mennium, Jan. 1917, for the Gu1dan~ee-I Troops operatIng In
• France annel Belgium. Duties and Eesponsibllltles of tire
- Quarter;reastcr-Oenrecal, theDirector-fl eneral of Treinsportati on
-- - sTeel tIne flenrereni Officer Connmandlng Lines ofCutnnruuIcatio~
Area. 14. (ld.)
Do. Addltlores en~idCorrectIons, March, 191?. DutIes and Responal.
- Lellitles of Ore Jlnglnser.In-Ohief, and of Chief Engineers, ,to.
3d. (24.)
Field Worke (All Arms). Manual. 1922. (ProvIsional.) 2e. (Is.)
Financial I nstructions in relation to Army Accounts. 1910,
(Reprinted, with Amenelninents to Oct. 1, 1917). (01 4 s/print). 64. (3d .)
Fire Manual. Army. 1918. Id. (3d.) - -
Foods, Analyses and Energy Values of. 8*. (to. 104.)
(7)
MILJTAI4 F 1300K5, by Authsrify— contlnued.
(As to prices in braoketa, see top ot page 1, )
Franco-German War— esntionnerl. - -
Plans— -
4. Battle e-f Colomteey.Noullly. 3d. (3d.) -
Si. hattie of Vienville— Mare Is Tour. PosItIon of Contending Fore-el
- at Noon. 3d, (54.) -
S B, Battle of Vioievllle— Mars Is. Tour. Position e-f Contending Forces
from4 to 5p.m. 3d. (3d.)
9a. Battle of Sedate. Position of Contending Forces towards Noon. 34. (44.)
95. Battle of S edan. Position of the Gernnaua In the aftertrrson shortly
before the end of the struggle. 3d. (44,)
See also S iege Operations. -
French Words and Phrases with English Pronunciation. Notes one.
French Measures. Abterevietlions and Ternis used on Fr-such Maps, with
English equivalents, Short Vocabulary of. 14. (24,)
Pund~ Associations Societies, &o., for the Assistance of Serving and
Ex-~erviceOfficers. iden, Women and their Dependants. 1022. Cd. (0~1.)
German Army. Cavalry. Drill Regulations. 1909. 34. (44.)
Do. Foot Artillery, Drill Regulations. PartlY, TaxFiairr,
1909. ad. (3d.) -
Do. MancauvremIlegulatlone. 1908. 3d. (3d.)
German Constitution. T he. (Iidit ionwithout Notci) 1920. 6 4. (6 4,) -
Germany. T he Campaign of 18130 I n:—
With 22 plans in portfolIo. 1872. (lieprloted 1907). Cs. (5,, 04.)
Moltke’s Projects for, Is. (Is.) -
Moltke’s Correspondence during. Prtcis. WIth 4Plans. is. (Is.)
Guernsey and. Alderney Royal Militia, Regulations. With the
- Militia Laws relating to ttr~Islands. l’rovislomd. 3s. (Is. 131’.)
Guns. Drills for:—
215-Inch Jib, Oten, Converted Mark I and II Carriage-, Mark I. is. (104.)
3’75.lnchi Q.F. llowhtzer, Mark I Carriage, Mark 1. lx. (lod.)
4’S-melt Q.F. howitzer, Marks I and II, Garriago, Mark I. td, (Gd.).
6 -lnieh ILL. 26 -cwt. howitzer, MarkI, CarrIage, Mark 1. 44. (3d.)
tl-.Inch B.L. Marke VII arid VIleGuns on CarrIages, Garrison ILl’., Mark II
(L.S.) 1922. 6 4, (lId.)
6 -tnt-h h3.L. Gun, Mark NIX, Carriages Mark V I I I andV I lla. I s. (154.)
8-Inch JJ.L. howitzer, Marks V I I , V u
5
, VIL
55
, seed VIII. Carriages,
Marks VII and Vile. 3d. (84.)
9’2-lnclr ILL. howitzer, Mark II, Csrrlage, Siege, Mack II. On!. (3d.)
18-pr. Q.F., Gun, MarksI andI I , CarrI age, Mark I . On!. (Gd.)
l8~pr.Q.F., Gun, Ear-ks I to II, Carriages, Marks ~ to II (with Supple.
me-nt for Mark I Carriage) 6 4. (6 e!.) -
18-pr. Q,F., Mark itT. Carrlengee, Marks Ill and 33355, 44. (44.)
6 0-pr. ILL., Mark j_ j**, CarrIages, Marks I and III. Gd. (64.) - -
Amendments n— Feb. 1022, Id. (24.)
4’S-inch q.y. Ito-seltzer, ictarka I and II, Carriage Mark I (Sept. 1920)
Feb. 1922. 14. (24.)
Set also MacHneBOozes; Mvsxxrnv BxnsUL~~JoN5, Part 2; and flxrax,
- - Noes Maoiznicx.
• (8)
Mfl~t2tAM*flOOL9, publiahsef by AW~orGty— 0ont2n0ed.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 1.)
Guns. Handbooks for:—
- ‘303-inch flotetektane Machine. ProvIsional. Cd. (74.)
~3Q3-Incb and 103-Inch ConvertedMaxim Machine (MagazInehulaChamber),
mounted on Carriage,. MG., Infantry, l’an-apet; TrIpod and Cons
Mountings. 1911. (lie-printed, with Amendnnents, 1915). 9d. (94.);
Addenda. I d. (In!.); Amendments. ~d. (14.)
215-inch I LL. Mule hiqenlpmriet. 13*. 6 4. (2:, lid.)
Stokes 3-Inch Trench Mortar, 1~LL. Laud Service. 1919, 1*. 6 4. (1.. 44,)
8-7-Inch Q.F. Mountain howitzer. Mark 1. 1921. 3s. (2*. Cd.)
4’8-inch Q.F. howItzer. Addeneda and Corrlgendet No. 3. Ce!. (Cd.)
C-Inch ILL. Mark XIX Gun on Travelling Carriage. Land Service. 1920.
- 4*, (3*. 44, )
C-Inch ILL. 26 ewt. Howitzer, Mark I. (he tire press)
6 .inch ML. Trench Mortar,, Marks I, II, and Ill. Land ServIce. 1020.
1 : . ( 1 1 4 . )
8-inch ILL. howitzer, Mark, Vi— VIII. 7*. (Ss. Id.)
8-2’Irich ILL. Uowltzor, Marke I and II. 1920. 26 . (2s 74.) Amendments
No.2, Sept. 1922, 3d. (~i~.)
- 6 -pr. QS. Guns on Casement Mountings. 1920. Is. 6 4. (2*. id.)
- 18-pr, Q,F., Marks I, I~,Ii, and III, on Carriages, Field, Mark I . tenet
Service. 1921. Is. lId. (22. 24.) Amendments No. 1. Sept.
1022. Oratl,.
Do. on CarrIages, Field, Marks I~,355 and II. LandS ervI ce.
1922. 3s.lId. 12o.lld,) Amendment, No.1. Sept. 1022. Gratis.
18-pr. Q.F. G*iu, Marie lYon Carriages. Field, Marks III, lIlt, I11~,and ItT.
Land Service. 1921, 5*. ( 4 : . Id.) Amendments (Nos. I and 2).
Each in!. (2d,)
6 0-pr. Rb. Mark, I to I ~Gone, oreMark, I and Ill Field Carriages. (Land
Service.) 1921. Cs. Cd. (Ss. 24.) Amendments No. 1, July 1922.
14. (i~d.)
6 8-pr. ILL. Marks II and ht~Guns, on Matie IV Field CarrIage. 10*. Cd.
(8’. 2d.) Amendments No. 3. 24. (2~d.);AmendmentsNo. 2. 21’. (214.)
Healthofthe.&rnty. Reporton the, for theyear 1914. 10*. (7’. 4d.)
Historical Recordsof the British Army:—
Horse Guards. 6 *. ( 4’. In!.)
Dragoon Guards, 3rd andliii. E ach 45. ( 3 ’ . )
Dragoons. hat, 3rd, 14th, anel 16 th. Bach 4*, (3., 44, )
Do. 13th. 3.. (2.. Sd.)
Marine Corps. 3*. (2:. 6 4.)
F o o t , 8 t h , 1 0 t h , 1 1 t h , 1 2 t h , 1 3 t h , 1 3 t h , 1 6 t h , 1 1 t h , 18th, 19th, 21st, 22nd.
313th, 3 9 t h , 4 6 t h , 5 3 r d , 6 7 t h , l i s t , 72nd, llrd, 1 4 t h , B O t h , 87th,
t u r d 02nd, Raoh 4:. (Is. 44.)
Do. 14th, 56 th, 6 1st, 70th, and 88th, Bach 26 . (2:. 8 4 . )
(9)
Alsxandra, Prlnmce,aof Wales’, Own
(Yorkshire Regiment).
The lleeifordsimiro Regiment.
TheIblaek Watch(Royal ilIghlanders).
TheCarneronlans(Scottt~hittitee~.
TheCheshireRegiment.
The Duke of Cornwall’s Light In’
fantry.
The Duke of Wellington’s West
liLting Regiment.
TheDurhamLIgint Infantry.
TheEast Lancashire Itegiment,
TheEast Surrey Ileginnent.
Thehiampeleire Iteglnceennt.
Th e h i gh l and Lhgiet Infantry,
TheKlneg’s Own (Royal Lancaster
Regiment).
TheKing’s Own ScottishBordorers,
Th e Lancashire iiuslliers.
Th e L o i c es t er s h i r e i t egl m ent .
The Loyal North Lancashire Regi.
me-nt.
TheNorthamptenshirs RegIment.
Tine Oxford,hlre and I huoklnglmam-
shire L i gh t Infanel-ry,
T he Prinice of ~V aI es’sLeinater
Regiment (Royal Canadians).
Thel’rlnece of \Vales’s Own (West
YorkshireRegiment).
Tire Prince of Wales’s Volunteers
( So u t h L anc as h i r e l i egl m ennt ) .
Th e P r i nc es s C h ar l o t t e o f ~Val o s ’ ,
(T he Royal Berk, inira Regiment).
T he Princess Louise’s ArgyhI and
Sutherland Iliglmlaneisre.
The Qeneen’s (Royal West Surrey
Regiment),
TheRoyal InnlskiliingFuslhiers,
TheRoyal SussexRegiment.
The Itoyal WelshFnmsillers,
The SouthSta~ordshiroRegIment.
The Su~olkRegiment.
T he Welsh Regiment.
TheWorcestershire Regiment. -
MILITARY fl001 1 3, pu5Ushed by AtiThatGtV— conUnued.
(As to prices in brackets see top of page 1.)
Histories, Short, of the Territorial Regiments of the British
Army. 87 nomber,, eac h 1 4 . (let.) I none volome, 5:. (4:. Cd ,)
Do. Tine Scots Guards. 11’. (ld.)
Do. The 6 th (Inniskilling) Dragoons. (Out ofprint). 3d . (Id .)
Do. RevI sed E ditions, he!. (In!,) each
Hl~tory of the Great War. Raced on Oiileial Documents. Medical
Services, Rise-mores of tine War. Vol 1. 215. (lOs 94,)
Horse. Field Pack, Medium, and Heavy Artillery, Instruction.
f o r l ’ r ac t i c e (‘inehndImeg MovableArmament). hi’cb. 1921, 3d. (3d.)
Horses, Note, on time Feeding, Management, tend Issue of Army. March
1916 , 14. (24.) See also AzejM.tn MACtO~MCNT .
Hoepital~. Military Families’. Nursing StaSltegeslatione. Deo. 1909. 14.
(144,) See also Nun~lzsoSulrvlcir and TIramnIroluAtFo~cx.
Hostilities without Declaration of War from 1700 to 1870. 2,.
( 1,. le t. ) -
Hygiene. Manual of Blementary Military. (lIe-printed 1921.) -is,
(1*. 14.)
Hygiene. Manual of Military. 1021, is. (1:. let.) -
See aloe Pnysiotooy and SenootS.
Indian Bmpire, The. A SInort lie-viewand some hint, for the use of
$olniierS proceedingto IndIte, Cd, (Id.)
Do. Am end ed 1 9 2 1 Ver s i o n C d . (Gd .)
- ( 1 0 )
MILITARY ~OOR.S’, pubUsPteri by AutherGty—eontlnued.
(As to prices I n brackets, see top of page 1.)
I nfantry T raining, (4-Compan~e-OrganizatIon.) 1914. (Reprinted 1916.)
Do. Amendments, J u l y , Au g. 1 9 1 6 1 Dc c . 1 9 1 8 . Bach 11’.
Do. Vol. 1. TraIning 1022. Provisional. is. ( i I ~d , )
- Do, ,, 2, Wsr(Provlalonal). 1921. I s. 6 4. (1:. 3d.)
Injuries and Diseases of War. Manual bused on experience of the
prose-met Umonupalgu Imi F r anc e. Jan. 1918. 94. (Cd.)
- Institutes. Garrison andRegimental. itulesf o r t h e Managem ent o f .
1 9 1 6 , 1 4 . (24.) -
Italian Cavalry Training Regulations. 1911. Training for Marches,
Tactics of Minor Units, an~Treinireg of Patrol,. Translated. 4d. (4d,)
Jamaica. Standing Orders. 1912. 1.. (lId.)
.T ersey. Royal Militia of the I slandof, Regulations. 1914. With
the Jersey MIlitia Law, 1908. is. 3d . (Is. 24)
King’s Regulations and Orders for the Army. 1 9 1 2 . (ReprInted
with Amendments published In Army Orders nep to Aomg. 1, 19l4~.(Jleprintee~
1918.) is. lI d. (1:. Sd.); Amendments publi,Ieed in Army Orders between
Sept. 1 1914 end Aug. 1 , 1 9 1 6 , 1 4 . (24.); Amendments published in
Army order, between Sept. 1, 1016 t end Mar c i m 1 , 1 9 1 8 . I d . (24.); DItto,
between Mnerch 1, 1918, and AprIl 80, 11120. 3d. (lcd); DItto, Man-ch 1920.
Id, (3d.); Ditto, May 1920. let. (3d.); Di t t o , J an. 1 0 2 1 . I d . ( 2 4 . ) ; DI t t o ,
u pt o ju i y 3 l , 1 9 2 1 . C d . (Gd.); Ditto, Nov. 1021. 14. ( 2 4 . ) ; Di t t o , Mar c h i C I Z.
14. (2d.); DItto, Aug. 1922. 3d. (34c
1
.) -
Kit Plates:— - -
- Artillery. Royal:— -
8, Germ-leon, Kitlaid outfor Inspection. 1909. Itt. (3d.)
10. Do. KitIn Iharrack Ream, 1909. Id. (3d,)
Cavalry. 1 8 9 1 . . 1 4 . (21 ’.)
E ngineers. Royal:—
1. Dismoemted. Details of Sh el f and Ileeteting. with Marching and
Drill Orders ready to put on. 1914. Earle ld. (let.)
2. Dismounted. Full Kit l ai d o u t f o r I ns pec t i o n i n Ram-rack Room.
1014. in!. (24.)
4. Mounted N.C.O. or Driver and FI eld T roop Capper, Full KI t lalet
o u t f o r I ns pec t i o n in Barrack ltoom. 1910. Id. (24.)
• S. Mo u nt ed . Det ai l o f Sh el f and B ed d i ng. 1 9 1 0 , I d , (Id.)
C . Dr i v er , wI t h pai r o f h o r s es . F i el d KI t l aI d out f o r i ns pec t i o n o n
Parade, including Articles oterriad i n Val i s e i n B aggage Wago n. -
1915, 11’. (21’.)
- (11) -
MILITARY BOOKS, pubUsh~d831 Atetfesrity— contlnuod.
(As to prices in brackets, see top of page 1.)
Kit Plates—continued. -
Infantry. hIghland. 1884. 24. (24.)
Medical Corps. Royal Army, KitIn Barrack Room. 1913. 21’. (3d.)
Ordnance Corps. Army. ~or Guidance at Marching Order and git
Inspections, 21’. (3d.)
Large Formations, The Operations of. (Condenite tie, ar and es TnitGs,)
Transiated from the Field ServiceRegulations of time 1
1
’remneh Army, date-el
Oct. 28, 1913, 6 4, (6 4.)
Law, Military. Manual of. 1914. (Reprinted 1917.) 3s.Cd. ( 3 - , , 8 4 . ) -
Do. Amendments, May 1919. - 14, (Id.)
M~ohine-GunCompany T raining:—
Infantry. 1911. ProvIsional. To be re-mod I n conluisetlon with tnfentr3
Training and Musketry Regulations. Cd. (04.)
Sec also MUS gE T RY IieciuaATIoNs, P T. I AND I I , AND EnicLN, floss MAGAZINC.
Machine Guns and S mall Arms, ‘l~O3.inch. Nomenclatmre of Parts,
Stripping, Assembling, Action, Jams, MIssilre-a, Failures, and Inepeetion of.
Revised Edition. 1917. Cd, (78.)
Machine Gun Training. 1921. (Provl.) is. 6 1’. (I s. ‘Id .)
Magazine RegulatI ons. 1922, I s. 64. (is. 3~d.)
Magazines and Care of War Materiel, Regulations for. 1913
(lie-printed with Amnendnients published in Arney Orders up to March 31,
1017). is. Ge!. (is. 3 d . )
Malaria, Observations on,by Medical Othcers of the Army atoc~
Others. (Wei/mplatesaced Jhengn’anns.) 1920. 6 :. (5:, In!,)
Mapping from Air Photographs. 4,.- ( 3 * . 3 d . )
Map Reading and Field Sketching. Manual. h9~l,8,. (2:. 8d.
Ses at*o Paornwron.,
Medical Corps. Royal Army. See also TsmmorronuiaFonca
Admission to. RegulatIons for. Jan. 11121. 2~. (3d .) -
S tanding Orders, 1914. I s. (Is.)
Do. - SuppiGment. 1920. let. (3d.) - -
Do. Amendment. July, 1020. Id. (I~d.)
Training, 1911. 91’. (lId.)
Do. Reprint o f Cheap. XXI I ., wi t - h Amendmennts.
Strotcher ExercIses. July 1022. 2d. (2~-d.)
Medical Department, Army. I ndex to Appendices of Reports from
181e9 to1898. 3d. (58.)
?~ee-~toa1 DiseasesintheTropical andSub.Tropioai War Am-isa. See DZS E AS zS .
• (1$)
MiLITARY BOOKS, published by 4sctPosrfty~-continue,d.
(As to prices inbrackets, see top of page 1.)
Medical ~istory. &.e OrNI CI AL hlcsroirr or TuE Wan.
Medical Service, Army:—
Regulations. 1906 . (lie-prInted, with AmendmentsuptoS ept. 30,1914).
4d. (Id.)
Do. -- Amendmnente, July 1020. let. (28,)
Do. Do. - Feb. 1022. Id. (24.)
Do . Do . Mar c h 1 9 2 2 . l i e- v I ne- el Append l xKo . Sh . 1 1 ’ .
Do. Am end m ent , Appc no d i x No . 14, Sept. 1022. Id. (1~d.)
Medical Service. Strategical and Tactical Employment of the
as carrIed out in an Army Corps . wI t h a eer i e- s of Problems. TraneIatee~
f r o m t h e Au s t r i an. 4*. 6 e( . ( 3 - s . 8 8 . 1
Med i c al Ser v i c es . Ar m y . Ad v i s o r y f l o ar d f o r . Time Treatment ~f
Vener eal Di s eas e andSc abi e~. First lIe-port. 1904. ls.6 d. (h:.M.);
Second lie-port. 1005. 2s. ( I s . 84.); Third lIe-port, 1905. i s . (lOd.) ; F i nal
lie-port. 1008 (dent ofplust).
Medical Services ofForeign Armiee. itao~eibookof, Part I . FntlcE .
6 8. (Cd.); Part 11, 0 e-KMANY. 6 1, (7d,) Part III. At18rRtA-IltroecsAEy.
6 4. (74.); Part IT. RU~sci. tIn!. (6 4.) ; Part V. I T ALY, Cd. (6 8.); Part V I .
T HE Nncrn;r.atinus AltO I1ELGUJM. Ce!, (lid.)
Mekometer Uandbook. 1911. 84. (Id .) -
Mosopotamia. I m pr es s i o ns o f , i n 1919. Ihy Sir J. lie-wetS, U.C.S,I.,
LCD. 1020. 94. (94.) -
Do, lie-porton. Dy Sir J. Hewett, 0.0.5.1., K.C.B. (With Afap,)
- 1019. is. Cd. (1:. Sd,)
Mi l i t ar y and other Terms, See Sonooc.,.
Mi l i t ar y L and s Ac t s , 1 8 9 2 t o 1 9 0 3 . l l y el eo ws . ‘ Y es Anr c r . t an~AI D l t t r r . m n
l i ANO RS Ac T, Ac .
Mine Rescue Work on the Western Front. 5.. (4* .)
Mounted Troops (Divistonal)Trne-intng. June1915. Provlsiomuel, let. (let,)
Musketry Regulations:—
Part I. 11109. (ReprInted, with Amonelrnents, 1914), 1021. 1s,6 1. (ls.5d.
Do . Am nem e, i m ee, t , , No v . 1 9 1 5 . he!, (24.)
Do. Anoenelnnent,, July 1918. IlnCe-Icl 1014 PatternRifle-. 11’. (21’.)
Do. Addenedenm, .Teoly 1916 . tlazsnThooln of thee EnfleId 1914 Pattern
‘lOl-inelm Mageszimee Ilifie, ld. (11’.)
Do. Aejelenidum No . 2, Dec. 1916 . lhotchkisi Gun and Lewis Gun
Courses. 3d. (24.)
Do, AddendumNo.3, Teb. 1021. InstrnetlonalConrsa forWebley Pistol,
With Appendix— Notes on Pistol ShootIng. 21 ’. - (21’.) Âme-net
ments, 11’. (3d .)
(I S )
MILITANY JJOOAR, published
1
’~eAu,thorfty— cofltIntmeei.~
(As to• prices inbrackets, see top oi~page 1.)
Musketry I tegulations—onteneeed. -
-Part I. Addemmdum No, 4, April 1917. Anmmual General Mueketn-y Coemrse,
atedMenelcetry Coun-s~iorlnafleportWorke-rs’Dattallonn. 14. (let.)
Do, Addendum No. i , B ay o net Ti e- i nni ng. ( F e- t h e press)
Do , Ad el end u m No , 6 F eb. 1920. L i gh t Guns (Lewis and Ito~ohkiss
Guns) and TableL(I’rovlslonntl), 1920. 24. (Id .)
Do. Do, AppendixA. In!. (24.) AppenneiiicB. 14. (Id.)
Do. Addendum No. 7, AprIl 1920. Musketry Courses (I’rovinetoneetl),
- 1920. Tables A, B ated C; Am em m d m e- nm t s t o P ar t I , Cheep. VI.
24, ~2d.)
Do. end Ylelmers’ Meichlnne-Omi Handbook. Amendmenmte, June 1918.
Range Table-a (or Vicke-rs’ Otma f o r Mar k Vi i . Am m u nI t i o n.
11’. (I d, )
Do. Appendix A. 11’. (11’.)
Do. Aetelemnelum No. 7 , March 1 9 2 1 . 24. (24.)
1’i~m-tII. Ammeemmdmnents, lee-b. 1921. 1~. (21’,)
Do. Rifle Ranges and Musketry Appliance, . 1910, (lie-printed, with
Amenelnmemtt-s to Oct. 31, 1914), 4d. (94.)
See afso M~e-cnnes(lure- COISPA1tYT flAI nI Nn.
Night Operations, Riementsry Training in, 1911. 14, (21’.)
Nu m ber o f Tr o o ps to t h e Y ar d i n t h e P r i nc i pal B at - t i es s i nc e 1 8 5 0 .
lienno. or,, With opinlonis of Mo d er r , Au t h o r i t I es o n l i m i t s of ext ens i o n at
t h e pr es ent d ay . 1 8 8 4 . P d ( 7 8 . )
t ’ u r s i ng Ser v i c e. Qu een Al s xanel t - a’ s I m per i al MI l I t ar y , Regu l at i o ns
t o t - Ad m i s s i o n t o the. 1921, 2d. (lid.)
See al s o J I o s t ’ m i ’ AL S m end TEm u I I TO Rt AL P o t ec ~.
O m c er s Died i n t h e Gr eat War, 191449, Itoh of. PArt I, Old ammd
New A~m i e- n. P e- e- t 1 1 , Ter r i t o r i al F o r c e. I s . Cd, (Cs, 18.)
Oiltcem-s T raining Corps
RegulatIons, 1921. Is. (lid.)
Do. ‘ Ateie-nedment. March 1 9 2 2 . 1 4 , ( 2 1 ’ . )
Do. Ammeennlmnenets. April 1912. 24. (:14,)
-Do. Amendnmie-nt, J u ne 1 9 2 2 . 2 e1 . ( 2 l d . )
Do. - (limits of Court.) Id. (1,1.) -
Speolal A.O, March 18, 1908. (On,t of print)
Junior Division. Instructions for the Annual Cmemps. 1921, Cd. (lId.)
Report on the Examination for Certificate “A” lie-Id In March.
1921), for Cadets of the Junior mend Senior ))IvI,Iein. Is. (Is,)
Orange Free S tate T opographical S urvey, løOô-’lOll. Report on
the, 10,, (8*.)
Pe-Iretcet u~rtderthe authority of line MA~mesT r’sS T AT I ONaRI ’ OrricE,
fly lie-n-Icon & ilona. Lb)., St. Martin’s Lane. London, W.0. I.
• - (8 21-.18)r Vt’S. 19888 lInee 1/23 I I .~S Ltd. Gp. 27
s onParndc
Nothng contrbutes more to
t h c s m ar t nes s o f a Field Artiller~’
Battery than the use of “Kiwi
—Time Qualiiy Polim/r—f or the
leather’ work, whether it be
boots, equmpment or harness.
Thepolish is so easily applied,
- produces such a wonderful gloss
with a m i ni m u m o f ef f o r t and
softensand preserves the leather.
For Brown boots, leggings or
steappings “Kmwi” ion Stain
Polmsh i s , andfor years has been,
the f av o u r i t e i n theservmce. Not
only does it impact a deep rich
colour, but it makes the leather
pliable and impervious to damp.
I ç~ean
Q~y Boot Po’ish
___ OP ALL
DE ALE RS .
— —
•Y*p~olHrMINT
‘ John
Ha! -.
~~izeOldest
lJistillers T
intheWorki- W)FH -
1627
W HISK Y
LAS
Presidents of ~
and -
- • - S ports Officers
should write for a Catalogue of Sports Goods and
special terms to
~“~• LI LLYWHI T E S , L~
31, HAYMARKE T , S .Wd,
- Ye Aneienfl Jfotu -
of LUiywhite,
before placing their orders for the equipment of their
teams.~ - -~
LI LLY WHI T E S , Ltd., have a most representative
stock of cricket, football, boxing and hockey requisites
suitable for every climate where gunners are likely
to be stationed, and specialize in boots and athletic
clothing
1
. -
Officers requiring goods for their I ndividual
requirements will be given the same terms as those
accorded to S ports Officers, provided they order
through their mess secretary. -